TSB-13-22-003

Page 1 of 199
Technical Service Bulletin
SUBJECT:
TC−SST DIAGNOSIS AND OVERHAUL −
SERVICE MANUAL REVISION
No:
TSB−13−22−003
DATE:
March. 2013
MODEL:
See Below
CIRCULATE TO:
[ ] GENERAL MANAGER
[ X ] PARTS MANAGER
[ X ] TECHNICIAN
[ X ] SERVICE ADVISOR
[ X ] SERVICE MANAGER
[ X ] WARRANTY PROCESSOR
[ ] SALES MANAGER
PURPOSE
The Mechatronic assembly (valve body and TCM) and the clutch assembly are now available as service
parts. This TSB provides instructions for transmission overhaul that were not included in the service
manual.
Clicking on blue page numbers will link to that page.
AFFECTED VEHICLES
2008−2011 Lancer Evolution
2009−2011 Lancer (Ralliart Edition)
2010−2011 Lancer Sportback (Ralliart Edition)
AFFECTED SERVICE MANUALS
2008−2009 Lancer Evolution, 2009−2011 Lancer (Ralliart Edition), 2010−2011 Lancer Sportback (Ralliart
Edition):
Group 22C − Twin Clutch−Sportronic Shift Transmission (TC−SST):
S Special Tools
S Diagnosis  . . . . . . . . . . .
22-3
MECHATRONIC ASSEMBLY, MANUAL
CONTROL LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-176
TRANSAXLE CASE OIL SEAL . . . . . 22-180
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE. . . . . . . . . . .
22-170
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . .
22-173
OIL COOLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-183
OIL FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-185
OIL PAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22-174
TRANSAXLE . . . . . . . . 22-187
22-2
Page 3 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
SPECIAL TOOLS
Tool
M1225000300208
Tool number and name Supersession
Application
MB992332
Clutch remover &
installer
Installation of clutch assembly
MB992324
Seal cover guide A
Installation of seal cover
MB992325
Seal cover guide B
Installation of seal cover
MB992323
Seal cover installer
Installation of seal cover
MB992311
Oil seal guide
Installation of transaxle case (LH)
oil seal
MB992310
Oil seal installer
Installation of transaxle case (LH)
oil seal
22-3
Tool
Tool number and name Supersession
Application
MB992313
Oil seal guide
Installation of transaxle case (RH)
oil seal
MB992312
Oil seal installer
Installation of transaxle case (RH)
oil seal
MB992314
V ring guide
Installation of V ring
DIAGNOSIS 
TC-SST TEACH-IN
M1225029400204
CAUTION
! Check the Diag. Version before Teach-in. If the Diag. Version is 0000, reprogram the ECU. (The
software with Diag. Version 0000 does not have Teach-in function.)
! When the mechatronic assembly is replaced, reprogram the ECU and carry out the following
Teach-In.
! However, when the mechatronic assembly is replaced, after the reprogramming of the ECU the
coding must be carried out before the teach-in.
! When the clutch assembly is replaced, the following Teach-In must be carried out.
! However, when the Diag. Version of TC-SST-ECU is 0001, Item No.8 is not used.
! Follow the application table below to reprogram the ECU by using an applicable software.
Application table
Model
Model
year
Software version/
CFF part number
Remarks
Lancer Evolution
2008,
2009,
2010
2B0101/8631B001
On 08MY Lancer Evolution, after teach-in, be
sure to rewrite the software from "2B0101/
(CFF: 8631B001)" to "290100/(CFF:
8631A749)".
Lancer/
Lancer Sportback
2009,
2010
2B0101/8631B002
-
NOTE: On vehicles after 2011 model year, observe the latest software version to reprogram the ECU.
Page 6 of 199
22-4
TSB−13−22−003
TEACH-IN ITEM
MECHATRONIC ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT
Mechatronic assembly
replacement
Confirm
vehicle info.
Lancer Evolution?
No
Yes
Lancer/
Lancer Sportback
RALLIART
2008 model year?
No
Yes
Yes
Reprogram ECU
Reprogram ECU
Coding
Coding
Execute teach-in for
mechatronic assembly
replacement
Execute teach-in for
mechatronic assembly
replacement
Rewrite software
(Software for 2008 model year Lancer
Evolution: 290100/(CFF: 8631A749))
End
ACB00797AD
MSB-11M22-001(11PT013)
5
Page 6 of 199
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TSB−13−22−003
22-5
DIAGNOSIS 
CLUTCH ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT
Clutch assembly
replacement
Confirm
vehicle info.
Lancer Evolution?
No
Yes
2008 model year?
Lancer/
Lancer Sportback
RALLIART
No
Yes
Yes
Confirm Diag. version
0000?
No
Yes
0001?
Reprogram ECU
Reprogram ECU
No
Yes
0002 and thereafter?
Yes
Execute teach-in for clutch
assembly replacement
Clutch ventilation
Stroke teach-in
Boost teach-in
Reset clutch gain
Execute teach-in for clutch
assembly replacement
Execute teach-in for clutch
assembly replacement
Clutch ventilation
Stroke teach-in
Boost teach-in
Reset clutch gain
Clutch ventila ion
Stroke teach-in
Boost teach-in
Rewrite software
(Software for 2008 model year Lancer
Evolution: 290100/(CFF: 8631A749))
End
ACB00798AD
1. Teach-In operation type
There are two types of Teach-In operation and the type to be implemented varies depending on the replacement part.
TSB Revision
22-6
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Type Teach-In
Mechatronic assembly
replacement
Page 7 of 199
TSB-13-22-003
Clutch assembly replacement
A
Teach-In for Shift fork
Implemented
Not implemented
B
Teach-In for Clutch
Implemented
Implemented
NOTE: When replacing the mechatronic assembly, execute in A
B order.
2. Scan tool item execution
To complete each Teach-In operation, multiple it ems must be executed using scan tool (MB991958), and
those items shall be executed in a designated order.
2-1. SCAN TOOL ITEM LIST
Item No.
Scan Tool Item Name
1
Plausibility check
2
Shift fork Teach-In
3
Line pr essure Test
4
Stroke Teach-In
5
Boost Teach-In
6
Interlock Teach-In
7
Clutch Ventilation
8
Reset clutch gain
NOTE:
Item No. 3 and No. 6 are displayed on the scan tool, however, those are not used.
Item No.8 is not displayed when the Diag. Version of TC-SST-ECU is 0001. (Diag. Version can be
checked by the Teach-In screen of scan tool.)
2-2. ITEM EXECUTION ORDER
Type Teach-In
Item execution order
A
Teach-In for Shift fork
No.1
No.2
B
Teach-In for Clutch
No. 1
No. 7
No. 4
No.5
No.8
NOTE: Item No.8 is not displayed when the Diag. Version of TC-SST-ECU is 0001. (Diag. Version can be
checked by the Teach-In screen of scan tool.)
3. Confirmation of Teach-In operation status
Using the data list simultaneously displayed with Teach-In, the execution status and results can be confirmed.
No.
Data List Item Name
Scan Tool display
100
Teach-In executing
No/Pending/Yes
101
Nor mal End
No/Yes
102
Abnormal End
No/Yes
103
Timeout error
No/Yes
104
Abort conditions error
No/Yes
110
Execute last Teach-in item
The previously conducted scan tool item name is displayed
111
Internal Error Data
The monitoring unit No. is displayed in case of an error
TSB Revision
Page 8 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-7
TEACH-IN PROCEDURE
NOTE:
According to the transmission fluid state (fluid -filled state), Teach-In executed time is not equal.
Item No.8 is not displayed when the Diag. Version of TC-SST-ECU is 0001. (Diag. Version can be
checked by the Teach-In screen of M.U.T.-III.)

Steps Contents
1
With the M.U.T.-III connected and the vehicle set to the condition below, execute the Teach-In.
Engine: Idling
Shift lever position: P range
Brake pedal: Depressed
Parking brake: Pulled
Transmis
uid temperature: 40 C to 80 C
2
Select "Special Function" of TC-SST.
3
Select "Teach-In" of Special Function.
4
According to "2-2 Item execution order", select the Item No.1: Plausibility check to execute.
NOTE: Before execution, "No" is displayed in the Data list No. 100: Teach-In executing.
5
After execution, check that "Yes" is displayed in the Data list No. 100: Teach-In executing.
NOTE: In a case other than the execution conditions, "Pending" is displayed in the Data list No.
100: Teach-In executing.
6
After the Teach-In (Item No.1: Plausibility check) completion, check that "No" is displayed in the
Data list No. 100: Teach-In executing and execution results are displayed in the Data list No. 101 to
No. 104.
No.101: Normal End: On normal end, "Yes" is displayed.
No.102: Abnormal End: On abnormal end, "Yes" is displayed.
No.103: Timeout error: On timeout error, "Yes" is displayed
No.104: Abort conditions error: In a case other than the execution conditions, "Yes" is displayed.
7
Change the item to No. 2: Shift fork Teach-In, and execute steps from 5 to 6 in the same manner.
8
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK (OFF) position.
To store the learned value in the memory, make sure that the TC-SST-ECU is shut down by turning
the ignition switch OFF.
9
Start the engine again, and execute step 1 in the same manner.
10
Change the item to No. 1: Plausibility Check, and execute steps from 5 to 6 in the same manner.
11
CAUTION
Item No.7: If the clutch ventilation "fails", first follow steps 12 to 15, and then steps 9 to
11.Item No.7: If the clutch ventilation "completes successfully", repeat steps 12 to 15.
Change the item to No. 7: Clutch Ventilation, and execute steps from 5 to 6 in the same manner.
12
Change the item to No. 4: Stroke Teach-In, and execute steps from 5 to 6 in the same manner.
13
CAUTION
Be careful with the following items when performing Item No.5: Boost Teach-In.
The engine speed could be high (4,000 r/min) when the Boost Teach-In is in progress.
(Depending on the transmission state, the engine speed may not be high.)
Change the item to No. 5: Boost Teach-In, and execute steps from 5 to 6 in the same manner.
14
Change the item to No. 8: Reset clutch gain, and execute steps from 5 to 6 in the same manner.
When the Diag. Version of TC-SST-ECU is 0001, Item No.8 is not used.
15
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK (OFF) position.
TSB Revision
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
22-8
DIAGNOSIS 
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
Page 9 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
M1225000500569
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION
If an abnormality occurs to the signal of sensors,
switches, solenoids, or others, TC-SST-ECU performs a control for the driver safety and system protection. The control contents are as follows.
FAIL-SAFE REFERENCE TABLE
Diagnostic trouble code Control content
No.
P0702
P1803
P1804
P1805
P1806
P1807
P1857
P1858
P185D
P1866
P1868
P1872
Clutch open prohibits the vehicle from driving, and displays an occurrence of
trouble to the multi information display to warn the driver.
P0776
P0777
P0964
P0965
P0966
P0968
P0970
P0971
P1852
P2733
P2736
P2738
P2739
Continues driving with the current gear fixed, and an occurrence of trouble is
displayed to the multi information display to warn the driver.
P0715
P0716
P0753
P0758
P0841
P0842
P0843
P0846
P0847
P0848
P0973
P0974
P0976
P181B
P181C
P181E
P181F
P1820
P1821
P1822
P1823
P1824
P1825
P1826
P1827
P1828
P1829
P182A
P182B
P182C
P182D
P182E
P1831
P1832
P1833
P1834
P1835
P1836
P183D
P1844
P184B
P1855
P1885
P1886
P1887
P1888
P2718
P2719
P2720
P2721
P2728
P2729
P2730
P2766
P2809
P2812
P2814
P2815
Drives with the odd number gear axle (1st, 3rd, 5th gear) or with the even gear
axle (2nd, 4th, 6th gear), and an occurrence of trouble is displayed to the multi
information display to warn the driver.
P1862
P1863
P186A
P186B
P1876
P1877
P1878
P1879
P187A
P187B
P187C
Drives with the gears other than the gears related to the part in trouble, and an
occurrence of trouble is displayed to the multi information display to warn the
driver.
TSB Revision
Page 10 of 199
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TSB−13−22−003
DIAGNOSIS 
22-9
Diagnostic trouble code
No.
Control content
P1871
U0001
U0100
The creep driving cannot be performed, and displays an occurrence of trouble
to the multi information display to warn the driver.
P0746
P0963
P1870
P1871
Shift shock or shift response deterioration occurs, and displays an occurrence
of trouble to the multi information display to warn the driver.
P0630
P0701
P0712
P0713
P0960
P0961
P0962
P0967
P1637
P1676
P180C
P1864
P1867
P186C
P186D
P186E
P186F
P1873
P1874
P1875
P1880
P1881
P1890
Normal driving can be performed, and displays an occurrence of trouble to the
multi information display to warn the driver.
FREEZE FRAME DATA CHECK
Display items of the freeze frame data are as follows.
Various data of when the diagnostic trouble code is
determined is obtained, and the status of that time is
stored. By analyzing each data using the scan tool,
troubleshooting can be performed efficiently.
FREEZE FRAME DATA REFERENCE TABLE
Item No.
Item
Unit/Display
1
Odometer
mile
2
Drive cycle
Count
4
Current trouble accumulative time
min
5
System power supply
V
7
Clutch pressure (Odd number gears)
mbar
8
Clutch pressure (Even number gears)
mbar
9
Clutch status (Odd number gears)
! Inactive
! Closed (During the torque
control)
! Hydraulic pressure charging
! Pre-stroke
! During hydraulic pressure
relief
! Clutch not engaged
! Open
! Clutch in engagement
! Clutch in disengagement
10
Clutch status (Even number gears)
! Inactive
! Closed (During the torque
control)
! Hydraulic pressure charging
! Pre-stroke
! During hydraulic pressure
relief
! Clutch not engaged
! Open
! Clutch in engagement
! Clutch in disengagement
TSB Revision
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
22-10
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 11 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
Item No.
Item
Unit/Display
11
Shift fork position sensor 1
mm
12
Shift fork position sensor 2
mm
13
Shift fork position sensor 3
mm
14
Shift fork position sensor 4
mm
15
Input shaft (odd) speed
r/min
16
Input shaft (even) speed
r/min
22
Current gear
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
N
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
6th
R
N (Odd number)
N (Even number)
Undefined gear
23
Target gear
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
N
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
6th
R
N (Odd number)
N (Even number)
Undefined gear
24
SST control mode
! NORMAL
! SPORT
! S-SPORT 
25
Gear change mode
! AUTO
! Manual
26
Torque limit request (Fuel cut)
! ON
! OFF
27
Torque limit request (Throttle closing)
! ON
! OFF
28
Torque limit request (Retard)
! ON
! OFF
TSB Revision
Page 12 of 199
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TSB−13−22−003
DIAGNOSIS 
22-11
Item No.
Item
Unit/Display
30
Monitoring unit number (1)
31
Monitoring unit number (2)
Monitoring unit No.
indication(Refer to P.22-11)
32
Monitoring unit number (3)
33
Monitoring unit number (4)
34
Monitoring unit number (5)
35
Monitoring unit number (6)
36
Monitoring unit number (7)
37
Monitoring unit number (8)
39
Vehicle speed
mph
40
Highside driver 1 state
! ON
! OFF
41
Highside driver 2 state
! ON
! OFF
42
Highside driver 3 state
! ON
! OFF
43
Dumper speed sensor
r/min
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART
M1225000600544
CAUTION
During diagnosis, a DTC associated with other system may be set when the ignition switch is turned
ON with connector(s) disconnected. On completion, confirm all systems for DTC(s). If DTC(s) are set,
erase them all.
NOTE:
! The monitoring unit No. indicates the malfunction code applicable to each DTC No., and it can be confirmed by the freeze frame data (item No. 30 to No. 37).
! For the DTC No. with *, the malfunction indicator lamp lights up when the applicable DTC No. is set.
! The definition of drive cycle indicates from (Ignition switch: "ON" after starting the engine), (Ignition switch:
"LOCK" (OFF)) to (Ignition switch: "ON" again).
DTC No.
Monitoring Diagnostic item
unit No.
Judgment
drive cycle
Reference
page
P0630
204
VIN not recorded
1
P.22-17
P0701
081
EEPROM system (Malfunction)
2
P.22-18
P0702
087, 088
Internal control module, monitoring processor system
(Malfunction)
1
P.22-18
P0712*
136
TC-SST-ECU temperature sensor system (Output low
range out)
2
P.22-19
P0713*
101
TC-SST-ECU temperature sensor system (Output high
range out)
2
P.22-20
P0715*
090
Input shaft 1 (odd number gear axle) speed sensor
system (Output high range out)
2
P.22-21
P0716*
114, 138
Input shaft 1 (odd number gear axle) speed sensor
system (Poor performance)
2
P.22-22
P0717*
070
Input shaft 1 (odd number gear axle) speed sensor
system (Output low range out)
2
P.22-23
TSB Revision
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
22-12
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 13 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
DTC No.
Monitoring Diagnostic item
unit No.
Judgment
drive cycle
Reference
page
P0725
258
Engine speed signal abnormality
2
P.22-24
P0746*
107, 108
Line pressure solenoid system (Drive current range out) 1
P.22-25
P0753*
039
Shift select solenoid 1 system (Open circuit)
1
P.22-26
P0758*
042
Shift select solenoid 2 system (Open circuit)
1
P.22-26
P0776*
110, 111
Clutch cooling flow solenoid system (Drive current
range out)
1
P.22-27
P0777*
112
Clutch cooling flow solenoid system (Stuck)
1
P.22-28
P0841*
117
Clutch 1 pressure sensor system (Poor performance)
2
P.22-29
P0842*
004
Clutch 1 pressure sensor system (Output low range out) 2
P.22-31
P0843*
005
Clutch 1 pressure sensor system (Output high range
out)
2
P.22-31
P0846*
121
Clutch 2 pressure sensor system (Poor performance)
2
P.22-32
P0847*
006
Clutch 2 pressure sensor system (Output low range out) 2
P.22-33
P0848*
007
Clutch 2 pressure sensor system (Output high range
out)
2
P.22-34
P0960*
030
Line pressure solenoid system (Open circuit)
1
P.22-35
P0961*
077
Line pressure solenoid system (Overcurrent)
1
P.22-36
P0962*
029
Line pressure solenoid system (Short to ground)
1
P.22-37
P0963*
028
Line pressure solenoid system (Short to power supply)
1
P.22-37
P0964*
033
Clutch cooling flow solenoid system (Open circuit)
1
P.22-38
P0965*
078
Clutch cooling flow solenoid system (Overcurrent)
1
P.22-39
P0966*
032
Clutch cooling flow solenoid system (Short to ground)
1
P.22-40
P0967*
031
Clutch cooling flow solenoid system (Short to power
supply)
1
P.22-41
P0968*
036
Shift/cooling switching solenoid system (Open circuit)
1
P.22-41
P0970*
035
Shift/cooling switching solenoid system (Short to
ground)
1
P.22-42
P0971*
034
Shift/cooling switching solenoid system (Short to power 1
supply)
P.22-43
P0973*
038
Shift select solenoid 1 system (Short to ground)
1
P.22-44
P0974*
037
Shift select solenoid 1 system (Short to power supply)
1
P.22-45
P0976*
041
Shift select solenoid 2 system (Short to ground)
1
P.22-46
P0977
040
Shift select solenoid 2 system (Short to power supply)
1
P.22-46
P1637*
082
EEPROM system (DTC storing malfunction)
1
P.22-47
P1676*
109
Coding incomplete
1
P.22-48
P1802
089, 230
Shift lever system (LIN communication malfunction)
2
P.22-49
P1803
233
Shift lever system (CAN or LIN time-out error)
1
P.22-50
TSB Revision
Page 14 of 199
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TSB−13−22−003
DIAGNOSIS 
22-13
DTC No.
Monitoring Diagnostic item
unit No.
P1804*
024
Shift fork position sensor 1 and 2 system (Power supply 1
voltage low range out)
P.22-51
P1805*
025
Shift fork position sensor 1 and 2 system (Power supply 1
voltage high range out)
P.22-52
P1806*
026
Shift fork position sensor 3 and 4 system (Power supply 1
voltage low range out)
P.22-53
P1807*
027
Shift fork position sensor 3 and 4 system (Power supply 1
voltage high range out)
P.22-54
P1808*
105
TC-SST-ECU temperature, fluid temperature sensor
system (Correlation error)
1
P.22-55
P180C
113
Clutch pressure cut spool sticking
2
P.22-56
P181B*
124
Clutch 1 (Pressure low range out)
2
P.22-57
P181C*
125
Clutch 1 (Pressure high range out)
2
P.22-58
P181E*
129
Clutch 2 (Pressure low range out)
2
P.22-59
P181F*
130
Clutch 2 (Pressure high range out)
2
P.22-61
P1820*
008
Shift fork position sensor 1 system (Voltage low range
out)
1
P.22-61
P1821*
009
Shift fork position sensor 1 system (Voltage high range
out)
1
P.22-63
P1822*
144
Shift fork position sensor 1 system (Output range out)
1
P.22-64
P1823*
158
Shift fork position sensor 1 system (Neutral)
1
P.22-65
P1824*
156
Shift fork position sensor 1 system (Poor performance)
2
P.22-67
P1825*
010
Shift fork position sensor 2 system (Voltage low range
out)
1
P.22-68
P1826*
011
Shift fork position sensor 2 system (Voltage high range
out)
1
P.22-69
P1827*
146
Shift fork position sensor 2 system (Output range out)
1
P.22-70
P1828*
218
Shift fork position sensor 2 system (Neutral)
1
P.22-71
P1829*
152
Shift fork position sensor 2 system (Poor performance)
2
P.22-73
P182A*
012
Shift fork position sensor 3 system (Voltage low range
out)
1
P.22-74
P182B*
013
Shift fork position sensor 3 system (Voltage high range
out)
1
P.22-75
P182C*
148
Shift fork position sensor 3 system (Output range out)
1
P.22-76
P182D*
219
Shift fork position sensor 3 system (Neutral)
1
P.22-77
P182E*
153
Shift fork position sensor 3 system (Poor performance)
2
P.22-79
P1831*
014
Shift fork position sensor 4 system (Voltage low range
out)
1
P.22-80
P1832*
015
Shift fork position sensor 4 system (Voltage high range
out)
1
P.22-81
TSB Revision
Judgment
drive cycle
Reference
page
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
22-14
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 15 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
DTC No.
Monitoring Diagnostic item
unit No.
Judgment
drive cycle
Reference
page
P1833*
150
Shift fork position sensor 4 system (Output range out)
1
P.22-82
P1834*
159
Shift fork position sensor 4 system (Neutral)
1
P.22-84
P1835*
157
Shift fork position sensor 4 system (Poor performance)
2
P.22-85
P1836*
160, 172,
182, 183
Shift fork 1 malfunction
1
P.22-86
P183D*
161, 174,
184, 185
Shift fork 2 malfunction
1
P.22-88
P1844*
162, 178,
186, 187
Shift fork 3 malfunction
1
P.22-90
P184B*
163, 180,
188, 189
Shift fork 4 malfunction
1
P.22-92
P1852*
190, 191
Shift fork 1 or 2 opposite direction movement
1
P.22-94
P1855*
192, 193
Shift fork 3 or 4 opposite direction movement
1
P.22-95
P1857*
194
Odd number gear axle interlock
1
P.22-96
P1858*
195
Even number gear axle interlock
1
P.22-97
P185D
223
Clutch open not possible
1
P.22-98
P1862*
059
High side 1 system (Overcurrent)
1
P.22-99
P1863*
060
High side 1 system (Open circuit)
1
P.22-100
P1864*
061
High side 1 system (Short to power supply)
1
P.22-100
P1866*
062
High side 2 system (Overcurrent)
1
P.22-101
P1867*
063
High side 2 system (Open circuit)
1
P.22-102
P1868*
064
High side 2 system (Short to power supply)
1
P.22-103
P186A*
065
High side 3 system (Overcurrent)
1
P.22-104
P186B*
066
High side 3 system (Open circuit)
1
P.22-104
P186C*
067
High side 3 system (Short to power supply)
1
P.22-105
P186D*
173
High side 1 system (Voltage low range out)
1
P.22-106
P186E*
177
High side 2 system (Voltage low range out)
1
P.22-107
P186F*
179
High side 3 system (Voltage low range out)
1
P.22-108
P1870*
205
Engine torque signal abnormality
2
P.22-109
P1871*
203
APS system (Signal abnormality)
1
P.22-110
P1872
220
Between shift lever and TC-SST system (Q-A function
abnormality)
1
P.22-111
P1873
212, 216
Clutch 1 system (Pressure abnormality)
2
P.22-112
P1874
213, 217
Clutch 2 system (Pressure abnormality)
2
P.22-113
P1875*
139, 207
Damper speed sensor system (Poor performance)
2
P.22-114
P1876
196
Gear block 1st
3
P.22-115
TSB Revision
Page 16 of 199
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TSB−13−22−003
DIAGNOSIS 
22-15
DTC No.
Monitoring Diagnostic item
unit No.
Judgment
drive cycle
Reference
page
P1877*
197
Gear block 2nd
2
P.22-116
P1878*
198
Gear block 3rd
2
P.22-117
P1879*
199
Gear block 4th
2
P.22-119
P187A*
200
Gear block 5th
2
P.22-120
P187B*
201
Gear block 6th
2
P.22-121
P187C
202
Gear block reverse
3
P.22-123
P1880
137
EOL Mode Active
1
P.22-124
P1881
268
Twin clutch SST control mode switch system
(Malfunction)
2
P.22-125
P1885
168, 170
Shift fork 1 jump out
3
P.22-126
P1886
164, 166
Shift fork 2 jump out
3
P.22-127
P1887
165
Shift fork 3 jump out
3
P.22-128
P1888
169, 171
Shift fork 4 jump out
3
P.22-129
P1890
132
Teach-In not completed
2
P.22-130
P2718*
045
Clutch/shift pressure solenoid 1 system (Open circuit)
1
P.22-131
P2719*
079
Clutch/shift pressure solenoid 1 system (Overcurrent)
1
P.22-132
P2720*
044
Clutch/shift pressure solenoid 1 system (Short to
ground)
1
P.22-133
P2721*
043
Clutch/shift pressure solenoid 1 system (Short to power 1
supply)
P.22-133
P2727*
048
Clutch/shift pressure solenoid 2 system (Open circuit)
1
P.22-134
P2728*
080
Clutch/shift pressure solenoid 2 system (Overcurrent)
1
P.22-135
P2729*
047
Clutch/shift pressure solenoid 2 system (Short to
ground)
1
P.22-136
P2730*
046
Clutch/shift pressure solenoid 2 system (Short to power 1
supply)
P.22-137
P2733*
134
Clutch/shift switching solenoid 1, spool stuck
1
P.22-137
P2736*
051
Clutch/shift switching solenoid 1 system (Open circuit)
1
P.22-139
P2738*
050
Clutch/shift switching solenoid 1 system (Short to
ground)
1
P.22-139
P2739*
049
Clutch/shift switching solenoid 1 system (Short to power 1
supply)
P.22-140
P2742*
135
Fluid temperature sensor system (Output low range out) 2
P.22-141
P2743*
103
Fluid temperature sensor system (Output high range
out)
2
P.22-142
P2766*
115, 240
Input shaft 2 (even number gear axle) speed sensor
system (Poor performance)
2
P.22-143
P2809*
141
Clutch/shift switching solenoid 2, spool stuck
1
P.22-144
P2812*
054
Clutch/shift switching solenoid 2 system (Open circuit)
1
P.22-145
TSB Revision
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
22-16
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 17 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
DTC No.
Monitoring Diagnostic item
unit No.
Judgment
drive cycle
Reference
page
P2814*
053
Clutch/shift switching solenoid 2 system (Short to
ground)
1
P.22-146
P2815*
052
Clutch/shift switching solenoid 2 system (Short to power 1
supply)
P.22-147
U0001*
083
Bus off
1
P.22-148
U0100*
116
Engine time-out error
1
P.22-148
U0103
123
Shift lever time-out error
1
P.22-149
U0121
122
ASC time-out error
1
P.22-150
U0136
209
AWC  or ACD  time-out error
1
P.22-151
U0141
120
ETACS time-out error
1
P.22-152
SYMPTOM CHART
M1225005200477
CAUTION
During diagnosis, a DTC associated with other system may be set when the ignition switch is turned
ON with connector(s) disconnected. On completion, confirm all systems for diagnostic trouble
code(s). If diagnostic trouble code(s) are set, erase them all.
Symptom
Inspection
Reference
procedure No. page
The scan tool cannot communicate with TC-SST-ECU.
1
P.22-153
The driving mode cannot be changed.
2
P.22-153
Speed change with the paddle shift is impossible.
3
P.22-154
TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit malfunction
4
P.22-156
The shift lever does not operate.
5
P.22-158
Gears cannot be changed with the manual mode.
6
P.22-160
The vehicle moves with the P-range.
7
P.22-161
Slipping occurs with the D-range/R-range/manual mode, and engine racing 8
occurs during gear shifting/driving.
P.22-162
The vehicle does not creep with the D-range/R-range/manual mode.
9
P.22-163
The shock is large when the vehicle is stopped and the brake pedal is
released with the D-range/R-range/manual mode.
10
P.22-164
Poor acceleration
11
P.22-164
The gear shifting does not occur. (The transmission does not upshift or
downshift.)
12
P.22-165
The shift shock is large.
13
P.22-166
Delay occurs when the lever is shifted N " D or N " R.
14
P.22-166
The engine stops when the lever is shifted N " D or N " R.
15
P.22-167
The vehicle moves with the N-range on the level ground.
16
P.22-168
Judder/vibration/noise
17
P.22-168
TSB Revision
Page 18 of 199
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TSB−13−22−003
DIAGNOSIS 
22-17
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE PROCEDURES
DTC P0630: VIN not Recorded
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the chassis number is normal.
(TC-SST-ECU receives chassis number information
from the engine control module via CAN, and write to
TC-SST-ECU.)
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The chassis number is determined to be written
abnormally.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! The CAN bus line is defective.
! Malfunction of engine control module
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code
Check the engine diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Perform the relevant troubleshooting.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0630 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
22-18
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 19 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
DTC P0701: EEPROM System (Malfunction)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the EEPROM and RAM in
the TC-SST-ECU is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The EEPROM writing data is determined to be
abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0701 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0702: Internal control module, monitoring processor system (Malfunction)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the internal module and
monitoring processor are normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The internal module and monitoring processor are
determined to be abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
TSB Revision
Page 20 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-19
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check the TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit
Refer to P.22-156.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit. (Refer
to P.22-156.) After repairing the power supply circuit,
go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0702 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0712: TC-SST-ECU temperature sensor system (Output low range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the output of the ECU temperature sensor is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The output of the ECU temperature is determined to
be too low.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
TSB Revision
22-20
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 21 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
30 seconds after turning ON the ignition switch, check that the
diagnostic trouble code is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0712 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0713: TC-SST-ECU temperature sensor system (Output high range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the output of the ECU temperature sensor is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The output of the ECU temperature is determined to
be too high.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
Page 22 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-21
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
30 seconds after turning ON the ignition switch, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0713 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0715: Input shaft 1 (odd number gear axle) speed sensor system (Output high range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the input shaft 1 (odd number gear axle) speed sensor is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The output of the input shaft 1 (odd number gear
axle) is determined to be too high.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of input shaft 1 speed sensor
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 5 or more seconds have passed with the engine idle status, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0715 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
22-22
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 23 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
DTC P0716: Input shaft 1 (odd number gear axle) speed sensor system (Poor performance)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the input shaft 1 (odd number gear axle) speed sensor is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The rotation speed of the input shaft 1 (odd number
gear axle) is determined to be abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of input shaft 1 speed sensor
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Monitoring unit No. check
(1) Check the freeze frame data (item No. 30 to No. 37).
(2) Check which monitoring unit (No. 114 or No. 138) is set.
Q: Which monitoring unit is set, No. 114 or No. 138?
No. 114 : Go to Step 4
No. 138 : Go to Step 3
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Drive the vehicle at 50 km/h (31 mph) or more.
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P0716 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
Page 24 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-23
STEP 4. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
CAUTION
When driving with each gear range, check that the gear
engagement is correct and the engine rotation speed does
not increase abnormally after gear shifting.
(2) Drive with shifting to each gear range.
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P0716 set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 5. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
"No" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
DTC P0717: Input shaft 1 (odd number gear axle) speed sensor system (Output current low range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the input shaft 1 (odd number gear axle) speed sensor is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The output of the input shaft 1 (odd number gear
axle) speed sensor is determined to be too low.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of input shaft 1 speed sensor
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
TSB Revision
22-24
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 25 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 5 or more seconds have passed with the engine idle status, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0717 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0725: Engine speed signal abnormality
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU receives the periodic communication
data from the engine control module via the CAN bus
lines, and checks the data for abnormality.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The engine speed signal from the engine control
module is determined to be abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! The CAN bus line is defective.
! Malfunction of crankshaft position sensor
! Malfunction of engine control module
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using the scan tool, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code
Check the engine diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Perform the relevant troubleshooting.
NO : Go to Step 3.
TSB Revision
Page 26 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-25
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 10 or more seconds have passed with the engine idle status, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0725 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0746: Line Pressure Solenoid System (Drive current range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the line pressure solenoid
is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The difference between the actual current of the line
pressure solenoid and target current is large.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of line pressure solenoid
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Leave the engine idle for 15 seconds, and perform a test run of
the vehicle. Then check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0746 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
22-26
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 27 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
DTC P0753: Shift Select Solenoid 1 System (Open circuit)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the shift select solenoid 1
circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The shift select solenoid 1 circuit is determined to be
open.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift select solenoid 1
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0753 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0758: Shift Select Solenoid 2 System (Open circuit)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the shift select solenoid 2
circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The shift select solenoid 2 circuit is determined to be
open.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
TSB Revision
Page 28 of 199
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TSB−13−22−003
DIAGNOSIS 
! Malfunction of shift select solenoid 2
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
22-27
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
! MONITOR EXECUTION
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0758 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0776: Clutch Cooling Flow Solenoid System (Drive current range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch cooling flow
solenoid is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The difference between the actual current of the
clutch cooling flow solenoid and target current is
large.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch cooling flow solenoid
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
TSB Revision
22-28
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 29 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Leave the engine idle for 15 seconds, and perform a test run of
the vehicle. Then check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0776 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0777: Clutch Cooling Flow Solenoid System (Stuck)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch cooling flow
solenoid is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The clutch cooling flow solenoid is determined to be
seized.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch cooling flow solenoid
! Insufficient fluid level
! Improper installation of mechatronic assembly
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
Page 30 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-29
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Carry out the Item No. 3 (Teach-In): Line pressure Test.
(Refer to Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22169).)
(3) With the engine idle status, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is the DTC No. P0777 restored? or Is the line pressure
test of Teach-In not completed normally ("No" is
displayed in the Data list No.101: Normal End)?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Check the fluid.
Q: Is the fluid level proper?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Add the fluid.
STEP 4. Check the installation status of the mechatronic
assembly.
Q: Is the mechatronic assembly installed correctly?
YES : Go to Step 5
NO : Install the mechatronic assembly correctly. (Refer to
P.22-176.)
STEP 5. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) With the engine idle status, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P0777 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.) Then, go to Step 6.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 6. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) With the engine idle status, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P0777 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P0841: Clutch 1 Pressure Sensor System (Poor performance)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
TSB Revision
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch 1 pressure sensor is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The difference between the allowable torque of
clutch 1 and the engine torque is large.
22-30
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch 1 pressure sensor
! Malfunction of clutch assembly
! Malfunction of engine system
! Insufficient fluid
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
Page 31 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code
Check the engine diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Perform the relevant troubleshooting.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Fluid check
Drain the fluid and check that no bubbles, foreign material and
contamination are found.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the fluid.
STEP 4. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Gradually accelerate the vehicle.
(3) Accelerate the vehicle with the accelerator pedal fully
opened.
(4) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P0841 set?
YES : Replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to P.22-187.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
Page 32 of 199
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TSB−13−22−003
DIAGNOSIS 
22-31
DTC P0842: Clutch 1 Pressure Sensor System (Output low range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch 1 pressure sensor is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The output of the clutch 1 pressure sensor is too low.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch 1 pressure sensor
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
15 seconds after turning ON the ignition switch, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0842 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0843: Clutch 1 Pressure Sensor System (Output high range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch 1 pressure sensor is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The output of the clutch 1 pressure sensor is too
high.
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
TSB Revision
22-32
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
! Malfunction of clutch 1 pressure sensor
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
Page 33 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
! MONITOR EXECUTION
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
15 seconds after turning ON the ignition switch, check that the
diagnostic trouble code is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0843 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0846: Clutch 2 Pressure Sensor System (Poor performance)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch 2 pressure sensor is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The difference between the allowable torque of
clutch 2 and the engine torque is large.
TSB Revision
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch 2 pressure sensor
! Malfunction of clutch assembly
! Malfunction of engine system
! Insufficient fluid
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
Page 34 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-33
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code
Check the engine diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Perform the relevant troubleshooting.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Fluid check
Drain the fluid and check that no bubbles, foreign material and
contamination are found.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the fluid.
STEP 4. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Gradually accelerate the vehicle.
(3) Accelerate the vehicle with the accelerator pedal fully
opened.
(4) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P0846 set?
YES : Replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0847: Clutch 2 Pressure Sensor System (Output low range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch 2 pressure sensor is normal.
TSB Revision
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The output of the clutch 2 pressure sensor is too low.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch 2 pressure sensor
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
22-34
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
Page 35 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
15 seconds after turning ON the ignition switch, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0847 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0848: Clutch 2 Pressure Sensor System (Output high range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch 2 pressure sensor is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The output of the clutch 2 pressure sensor is too
high.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch 2 pressure sensor
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
TSB Revision
Page 36 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-35
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
15 seconds after turning ON the ignition switch, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0848 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0960: Line Pressure Solenoid System (Open circuit)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the line pressure solenoid
circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The line pressure solenoid circuit is determined to be
open.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of line pressure solenoid
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
22-36
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 37 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
15 seconds after turning ON the ignition switch, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0960 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0961: Line Pressure Solenoid System (Overcurrent)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the line pressure solenoid
circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The supply current to the line pressure solenoid is
determined to be overcurrent.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of line pressure solenoid
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 5 or more seconds have passed with the ignition switch
ON position, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0961 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
Page 38 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-37
DTC P0962: Line Pressure Solenoid System (Short to ground)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the line pressure solenoid
circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The line pressure solenoid circuit is determined to be
short to ground.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of line pressure solenoid
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0962 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0963: Line Pressure Solenoid System (Short to power supply)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the line pressure solenoid
circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The line pressure solenoid circuit is determined to be
short to power supply.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
TSB Revision
22-38
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
! Malfunction of line pressure solenoid
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
Page 39 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
! MONITOR EXECUTION
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 5 or more seconds have passed with the ignition switch
ON position, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0963 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0964: Clutch Cooling Flow Solenoid System (Open circuit)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch cooling flow
solenoid circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The clutch cooling flow solenoid circuit is determined
to be open.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch cooling flow solenoid
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
TSB Revision
Page 40 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-39
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0964 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0965: Clutch Cooling Flow Solenoid System (Overcurrent)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch cooling flow
solenoid circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The supply current to the clutch cooling flow solenoid
is determined to be overcurrent.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch cooling flow solenoid
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
22-40
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 41 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
5 seconds after turning ON the ignition switch, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0965 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0966: Clutch Cooling Flow Solenoid System (Short to ground)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch cooling flow
solenoid circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The clutch cooling flow solenoid circuit is determined
to be short to ground.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch cooling flow solenoid
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0966 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
Page 42 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-41
DTC P0967: Clutch Cooling Flow Solenoid System (Short to power supply)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch cooling flow
solenoid circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The clutch cooling flow solenoid circuit is determined
to be short to power supply.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch cooling flow solenoid
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 5 or more seconds have passed with the ignition switch
ON position, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0967 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0968: Shift/Cooling Switching Solenoid System (Open circuit)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
TSB Revision
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the shift/cooling switching
solenoid circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The shift/cooling switching solenoid circuit is determined to be open.
22-42
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift/cooling switching solenoid
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
Page 43 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
15 seconds after turning ON the ignition switch, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0968 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0970: Shift/Cooling Switching Solenoid System (Short to ground)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the shift/cooling switching
solenoid circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The shift/cooling switching solenoid circuit is determined to be short to ground.
TSB Revision
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift/cooling switching solenoid
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
Page 44 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-43
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0970 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0971: Shift/Cooling Switching Solenoid System (Short to power supply)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the shift/cooling switching
solenoid circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The shift/cooling switching solenoid circuit is determined to be short to power supply.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift/cooling switching solenoid
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
TSB Revision
22-44
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 45 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0971 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0973: Shift Select Solenoid 1 System (Short to ground)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the shift select solenoid 1
circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The shift select solenoid 1 circuit is determined to be
short to ground.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift select solenoid 1
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
Page 46 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-45
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0973 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0974: Shift Select Solenoid 1 System (Short to power supply)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the shift select solenoid 1
circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The shift select solenoid 1 circuit is determined to be
short to power supply.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift select solenoid 1
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 5 or more seconds have passed with the ignition switch
ON position, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0974 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
22-46
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 47 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
DTC P0976: Shift Select Solenoid 2 System (Short to ground)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the shift select solenoid 2
circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The shift select solenoid 2 circuit is determined to be
short to ground.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift select solenoid 2
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0976 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P0977: Shift Select Solenoid 2 System (Short to power supply)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the shift select solenoid 2
circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The shift select solenoid 2 circuit is determined to be
short to power supply.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
TSB Revision
Page 48 of 199
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TSB−13−22−003
DIAGNOSIS 
! Malfunction of shift select solenoid 2
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
22-47
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
! MONITOR EXECUTION
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
15 seconds after turning ON the ignition switch, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P0977 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1637: EEPROM System (DTC storing malfunction)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that EEPROM in TC-SST-ECU
is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The EEPROM writing data is determined to be
abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
TSB Revision
22-48
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 49 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 5 or more seconds have passed with the ignition switch
ON position, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1637 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1676: Coding incomplete
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the coding is normal. (TCSST-ECU is a local coding.)
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The coding is determined to be abnormal. (This
abnormality occurs when the vehicle information has
been incorrectly written to TC-SST-ECU at a factory
before shipment.)
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
TSB Revision
Page 50 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-49
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 5 or more seconds have passed with the ignition switch
ON position, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1676 set?
YES : Perform coding (Refer to the "Scan tool operation
manual" and perform coding.) or Replace the
mechatronic assembly (Refer to P.22-176).
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1802: Shift Lever System (LIN communication malfunction)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the CAN back-up communication (LIN) is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The CAN back-up communication is determined to
be abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of the shift lever-ECU
! Malfunction of the LIN bus
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code
Check the shift lever diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Perform the relevant troubleshooting.
NO : Go to Step 3.
TSB Revision
22-50
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 51 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 3. Inspection of the TC-SST-ECU connector,
intermediate connector, and shift lever-ECU connector
Check for the contact with terminals.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
STEP 4. Check the wiring harness between TC-SST-ECU
connector terminal No. 17 and shift lever-ECU connector
terminal No. 16.
Check the communication line for open and short circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 5. Check whether the DTC is reset.
10 seconds after turning ON the ignition switch, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1802 set?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
STEP 6. Replace the shift lever assembly, and check if the
diagnostic trouble code is reset.
(1) Replace the shift lever assembly.
(2) Check the DTC.
(3) After 10 or more seconds have passed with the ignition
switch ON position, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1802 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1803: Shift Lever System (CAN, LIN Time-out Error)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the communication with
the shift lever-ECU (CAN and LIN) is normal.
TSB Revision
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The CAN and LIN communication with the shift leverECU is determined to be abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of the shift lever-ECU
! Malfunction of the LIN bus
! The CAN bus line is defective.
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
Page 52 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-51
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code
Check the shift lever diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Perform the relevant troubleshooting.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Inspection of the TC-SST-ECU connector,
intermediate connector, and shift lever-ECU connector
Check for the contact with terminals.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
STEP 4. Check the wiring harness between TC-SST-ECU
connector terminal No. 17 and shift lever-ECU connector
terminal No. 16.
Check the communication line for open and short circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 5. Check whether the DTC is reset.
30 seconds after turning ON the ignition switch, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1803 set?
YES : Replace the shift lever assembly.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1804: Shift Fork Position Sensor 1 and 2 System (Power supply voltage low range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
TSB Revision
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the supply voltage to the
shift fork position sensor 1 and 2 is normal.
22-52
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The supply voltage to the shift fork position sensor 1
and 2 is too low.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 1 and 2
Page 53 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check the TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit
Refer to P.22-156.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit. (Refer
to P.22-156.) After repairing the power supply circuit,
go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1804 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1805: Shift Fork Position Sensor 1 and 2 System (Power supply voltage high range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the supply voltage to the
shift fork position sensor 1 and 2 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The supply voltage to the shift fork position sensor 1
and 2 is too high.
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
TSB Revision
Page 54 of 199
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TSB−13−22−003
DIAGNOSIS 
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 1 and 2
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
22-53
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
! MONITOR EXECUTION
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check the TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit
Refer to P.22-156.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit. (Refer
to P.22-156.) After repairing the power supply circuit,
go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1805 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1806: Shift Fork Position Sensor 3 and 4 System (Power supply voltage low range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the supply voltage to the
shift fork position sensor 3 and 4 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The supply voltage to the shift fork position sensor 3
and 4 is too low.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 3 and 4
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
TSB Revision
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
22-54
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
Page 55 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check the TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit
Refer to P.22-156.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit. (Refer
to P.22-156.) After repairing the power supply circuit,
go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1806 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1807: Shift Fork Position Sensor 3 and 4 System (Power supply voltage high range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the supply voltage to the
shift fork position sensor 3 and 4 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The supply voltage to the shift fork position sensor 3
and 4 is too high.
TSB Revision
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 3 and 4
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
Page 56 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-55
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check the TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit
Refer to P.22-156.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit. (Refer
to P.22-156.) After repairing the power supply circuit,
go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1807 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1808: TC-SST-ECU temperature, fluid temperature sensor system (Correlation error)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the temperature sensor
and the fluid temperature sensor are normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The difference of the output between the ECU temperature sensor and fluid temperature sensor is
large.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
TSB Revision
22-56
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 57 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
15 seconds after turning ON the ignition switch, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1808 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P180C: Clutch pressure cut spool sticking
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch pressure cut
spool is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The clutch pressure cut spool is determined to be
seized.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
Page 58 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-57
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Warm up the engine and let it idle for 15 seconds. Then check
that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P180C set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P181B: Clutch 1 (Pressure low range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Insufficient fluid level
! Improper installation of mechatronic assembly
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch 1 pressure is
normal.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The pressure of the clutch 1 is too low.
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
22-58
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 59 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 2. Check whether the diagnosis code is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Carry out the Item No. 3 (Teach-In) : Line pressure Test.
(Refer to Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22169).)
(3) With the engine idle status, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is the DTC No. P181B restored? or Is the line pressure
test of Teach-In not completed normally ("No" is
displayed in the Data list No.101: Normal End)?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Check the fluid.
Q: Is the fluid level proper?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Add the fluid.
STEP 4. Check the installation status of the mechatronic
assembly.
Q: Is the mechatronic assembly installed correctly?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Install the mechatronic assembly correctly. (Refer to
P.22-176.)
STEP 5. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) With the engine idle status, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P181B set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.) Then, go to Step 6.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 6. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) With the engine idle status, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P181B set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P181C: Clutch 1 (Pressure high range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
TSB Revision
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch 1 pressure is
normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The pressure of the clutch 1 is too high.
Page 60 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
22-59
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After the test run, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P181C set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P181E: Clutch 2 (Pressure low range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch 2 pressure is
normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The pressure of the clutch 2 is too low.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Insufficient fluid level
! Improper installation of mechatronic assembly
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
TSB Revision
22-60
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 61 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Carry out the Item No. 3 (Teach-In): Line pressure Test.
(Refer to Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22169).)
(3) With the engine idle status, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is the DTC No. P181E restored? or Is the line pressure
test of Teach-In not completed normally ("No" is
displayed in the Data list No.101: Normal End)?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Check the fluid.
Q: Is the fluid level proper?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Add the fluid.
STEP 4. Check the installation status of the mechatronic
assembly.
Q: Is the mechatronic assembly installed correctly?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Install the mechatronic assembly correctly. (Refer to
P.22-176.)
STEP 5. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) With the engine idle status, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P181E set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.) Then, go to Step 6.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 6. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) With the engine idle status, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P181E set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
TSB Revision
Page 62 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-61
DTC P181F: Clutch 2 (Pressure high range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch 2 pressure is
normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The pressure of the clutch 2 is too high.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After the test run, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P181F set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1820: Shift Fork Position Sensor 1 System (Voltage low range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the voltage of the shift fork
position sensor 1 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The voltage of the shift fork position sensor 1 is too
low.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
TSB Revision
22-62
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 1
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
Page 63 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
! MONITOR EXECUTION
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1820 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) Perform a test run of the vehicle.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P1820 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
TSB Revision
Page 64 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-63
DTC P1821: Shift Fork Position Sensor 1 System (Voltage high range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the voltage of the shift fork
position sensor 1 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The voltage of the shift fork position sensor 1 is too
high.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 1
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1821 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 4.
TSB Revision
22-64
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 65 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 4. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) Perform a test run of the vehicle.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P1821 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P1822: Shift Fork Position Sensor 1 System (Output range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the output of the shift fork
position sensor 1 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The output of the shift fork position sensor 1 is determined to be abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 1
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
Page 66 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-65
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) With the engine idle status, operate the shift lever in the
following sequence: P " R " D " R " P. (Hold each
range for 5 seconds or more.)
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1822 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) With the engine idle status, operate the shift lever in the
following sequence: P " R " D " R " P. (Hold each
range for 5 seconds or more.)
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P1822 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P1823: Shift Fork Position Sensor 1 System (Neutral)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the shift fork position sensor 1 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The shift fork position sensor 1 is determined to be
abnormal.
TSB Revision
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 1
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
22-66
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 67 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After driving in the 3rd gear, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1823 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code
Check if a shift fork and shift fork position sensor-related DTC
No. other than P1823 is stored.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
After driving in the 3rd gear, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1823 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
TSB Revision
Page 68 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-67
DTC P1824: Shift Fork Position Sensor 1 System (Poor performance)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the shift fork position sensor 1 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The shift fork position sensor 1 is determined to be
abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 1
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) With the engine idle status, operate the shift lever in the
following sequence: P " R " D " R " P. (Hold each
range for 5 seconds or more.)
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1824 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 4.
TSB Revision
22-68
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 69 of 299
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 4. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) With the engine idle status, operate the shift lever in the
following sequence: P " R " D " R " P. (Hold each
range for 5 seconds or more.)
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P1824 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P1825: Shift Fork Position Sensor 2 System (Voltage low range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the voltage of the shift fork
position sensor 2 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The voltage of the shift fork position sensor 2 is too
low.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 2
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1825 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
Page 70 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-69
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) Perform a test run of the vehicle.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P1825 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P1826: Shift Fork Position Sensor 2 System (Voltage high range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the voltage of the shift fork
position sensor 2 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The voltage of the shift fork position sensor 2 is too
high.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 2
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
TSB Revision
22-70
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 71 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1826 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) Perform a test run of the vehicle.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P1826 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P1827: Shift Fork Position Sensor 2 System (Output range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the output of the shift fork
position sensor 2 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The output of the shift fork position sensor 2 is determined to be abnormal.
TSB Revision
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 2
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
Page 72 of 199
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TSB−13−22−003
DIAGNOSIS 
22-71
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After driving in the 5th gear, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1827 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTCe is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) Drive in the 5th gear.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P1827 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P1828: Shift Fork Position Sensor 2 System (Neutral)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the shift fork position sensor 2 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The shift fork position sensor 2 is determined to be
abnormal.
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
TSB Revision
22-72
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 2
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
Page 73 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
! MONITOR EXECUTION
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After driving in the 3rd gear, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1828 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code
Check if a shift fork and shift fork position sensor-related DTC
No. other than P1828 is stored.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
After driving in the 3rd gear, check that the DTCe is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1828 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
TSB Revision
Page 74 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-73
DTC P1829: Shift Fork Position Sensor 2 System (Poor performance)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the shift fork position sensor 2 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The shift fork position sensor 2 is determined to be
abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 2
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After driving in the 5th gear, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1829 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 4.
TSB Revision
22-74
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 75 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 4. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) Drive in the 5th gear.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P1829 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P182A: Shift Fork Position Sensor 3 System (Voltage low range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the voltage of the shift fork
position sensor 3 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The voltage of the shift fork position sensor 3 is too
low.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 3
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P182A set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
Page 76 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-75
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) Perform a test run of the vehicle.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P182A set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P182B: Shift Fork Position Sensor 3 System (Voltage high range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the voltage of the shift fork
position sensor 3 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The voltage of the shift fork position sensor 3 is too
high.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 3
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
TSB Revision
22-76
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 77 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P182B set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) Perform a test run of the vehicle.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P182B set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P182C: Shift Fork Position Sensor 3 System (Output range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the output of the shift fork
position sensor 3 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The output of the shift fork position sensor 3 is determined to be abnormal.
TSB Revision
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 3
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
Page 78 of 199
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TSB−13−22−003
DIAGNOSIS 
22-77
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After driving in the 6th gear, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P182C set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) Drive in the 6th gear.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P182C set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P182D: Shift Fork Position Sensor 3 System (Neutral)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the shift fork position sensor 3 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The shift fork position sensor 3 is determined to be
abnormal.
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
TSB Revision
22-78
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 3
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
Page 79 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
! MONITOR EXECUTION
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After driving in the 6th gear, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P182D set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code
Check if a shift fork and shift fork position sensor-related DTC
No. other than P182D is stored.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 5.
TSB Revision
Page 80 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-79
STEP 5. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) Drive in the 6th gear.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P182D set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P182E: Shift Fork Position Sensor 3 System (Poor performance)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the shift fork position sensor 3 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The shift fork position sensor 3 is determined to be
abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 3
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After driving in the 6th gear, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P182E set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
22-80
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 81 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) Drive in the 6th gear.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P182E set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P1831: Shift Fork Position Sensor 4 System (Voltage low range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the voltage of the shift fork
position sensor 4 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The voltage of the shift fork position sensor 4 is too
low.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 4
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
TSB Revision
Page 82 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-81
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1831 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) Perform a test run of the vehicle.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P1831 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P1832: Shift Fork Position Sensor 4 System (Voltage high range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the voltage of the shift fork
position sensor 4 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The voltage of the shift fork position sensor 4 is too
high.
TSB Revision
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 4
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
22-82
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 83 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1832 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) Perform a test run of the vehicle.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P1832 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P1833: Shift Fork Position Sensor 4 System (Output range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the output of the shift fork
position sensor 4 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The output of the shift fork position sensor 4 is determined to be abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
TSB Revision
Page 84 of 199
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TSB−13−22−003
DIAGNOSIS 
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 4
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
22-83
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
! MONITOR EXECUTION
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After driving in the 4th gear, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1833 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) Drive in the 4th gear.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P1833 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
TSB Revision
22-84
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 85 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
DTC P1834: Shift Fork Position Sensor 4 System (Neutral)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the shift fork position sensor 4 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The shift fork position sensor 4 is determined to be
abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 4
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After driving in the 6th gear, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1834 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code
Check if a shift fork and shift fork position sensor-related DTC
No. other than P1834 is stored.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
TSB Revision
Page 86 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-85
STEP 4. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) Drive in the 6th gear.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P1834 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P1835: Shift Fork Position Sensor 4 System (Poor performance)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the shift fork position sensor 4 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The shift fork position sensor 4 is determined to be
abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of shift fork position sensor 4
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
TSB Revision
22-86
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 87 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After driving in the 4th gear, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1835 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) Drive in the 4th gear.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P1835 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P1836: Shift Fork 1 Malfunction
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the movement of the shift
fork 1 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The movement of the shift fork 1 is determined to be
abnormal.
TSB Revision
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST shift fork
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
Page 88 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-87
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Monitoring unit No. check
(1) Check the freeze frame data (item No. 30 to No. 37).
(2) Check which monitoring unit (No. 160, No. 172, No. 182, or
No. 183) is set.
Q: Which monitoring unit is set, No. 160, No. 172, No. 182,
or No. 183?
No. 160 : Go to Step 4
Other than No. 160 : Go to Step 3
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Drive with shifting to each gear range.
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1836 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 4. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) With the engine idle status, operate the shift lever in the
following sequence: P " R " D " R " P. (Hold each
range for 5 seconds or more.)
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1836 set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
22-88
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 89 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 5. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No.3: Line pressure Test. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Go to Step 6.
"No" : DTC No. P181B: Carry out the troubleshooting for
the DTC No. P181B: Clutch 1 (Pressure low range
out). (Refer to P.22-57.)
STEP 6. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 7.
STEP 7. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) With the engine idle status, operate the shift lever in the
following sequence: P " R " D " R " P. (Hold each
range for 5 seconds or more.)
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P1836 set?
YES : Replace the transaxlen assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P183D: Shift Fork 2 Malfunction
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the movement of the shift
fork 2 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The movement of the shift fork 2 is determined to be
abnormal.
TSB Revision
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST shift fork
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
Page 90 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-89
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Monitoring unit No. check
(1) Check the freeze frame data (item No. 30 to No. 37).
(2) Check which monitoring unit (No. 161, No. 174, No. 184, or
No. 185) is set.
Q: Which monitoring unit is set, No. 161, No. 174, No. 184,
or No. 185?
No. 161 : Go to Step 4
Other than No. 161 : Go to Step 3
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Drive with shifting to each gear range.
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P183D set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 4. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Drive in the 3rd gear.
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P183D set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 5. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No.3: Line pressure Test. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Go to Step 6.
"No" : DTC No. P181B: Carry out the troubleshooting for
the DTC No. P181B: Clutch 1 (Pressure low range
out). (Refer to P.22-57.)
TSB Revision
22-90
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 91 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 6. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 7.
STEP 7. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) Drive in the 3rd gear.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P183D set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P1844: Shift Fork 3 Malfunction
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the movement of the shift
fork 3 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The movement of the shift fork 3 is determined to be
abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST shift fork
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
TSB Revision
Page 92 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-91
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Monitoring unit No. check
(1) Check the freeze frame data (item No. 30 to No. 37).
(2) Check which monitoring unit (No. 162, No. 178, No. 186, or
No. 187) is set.
Q: Which monitoring unit is set, No. 162, No. 178, No. 186,
or No. 187?
No. 162 : Go to Step 4
Other than No. 162 : Go to Step 3
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Drive with shifting to each gear range.
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1844 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 4. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Drive in the 6th gear.
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1844 set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 5. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No.3: Line pressure Test. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Go to Step 6.
"No" : DTC No. P181B: Carry out the troubleshooting for
the DTC No. P181B: Clutch 1 (Pressure low range
out). (Refer to P.22-57.)
TSB Revision
22-92
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 93 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 6. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 7.
STEP 7. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) Drive in the 6th gear.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P1844 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P184B: Shift Fork 4 Malfunction
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the movement of the shift
fork 4 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The movement of the shift fork 4 is determined to be
abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST shift fork
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
TSB Revision
Page 94 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-93
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Monitoring unit No. check
(1) Check the freeze frame data (item No. 30 to No. 37).
(2) Check which monitoring unit (No. 163, No. 180, No. 188, or
No. 189) is set.
Q: Which monitoring unit is set, No. 163, No. 180, No. 188,
or No. 189?
No. 163 : Go to Step 4
Other than No. 163 : Go to Step 3
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Drive with shifting to each gear range.
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P184B set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 4. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Drive in the 4th gear.
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P184B set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 5. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No.3: Line pressure Test. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Go to Step 6.
"No" : DTC No. P181B: Carry out the troubleshooting for
the DTC No. P181B: Clutch 1 (Pressure low range
out). (Refer to P.22-57.)
TSB Revision
22-94
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 95 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 6. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Go to Step 7.
STEP 7. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) Drive in the 4th gear.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P184B set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P1852: Shift Fork 1 or 2 opposite direction movement
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the movement of the shift
fork is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The movements of the shift fork 1 and 2 are determined to be abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of valve body
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
TSB Revision
Page 96 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-95
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) With the engine idle status, operate the shift lever in the
following sequence: P " R " D " R " P. (Hold each
range for 1 second or more.)
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is the DTC No. P1852 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1855: Shift Fork 3 or 4 opposite direction movement
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the movement of the shift
fork is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The movements of the shift fork 3 and 4 are determined to be abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of valve body
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
22-96
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 97 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After driving in the 4th gear, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is the DTC No. P1855 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1857: Odd number gear axle interlock
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the gear engagement is
normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The two gears are determined to be engaged in the
odd number gear range.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST gear
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) With the ignition switch ON, operate the shift lever in the
following sequence: P " R " D " R " P. (Hold each
range for 5 seconds or more.)
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1857 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
TSB Revision
Page 98 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-97
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Drive with shifting to each gear range. (Hold each gear
range for 5 seconds or more.)
(2) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1857 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 4. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code
Check if any code from P1836, P183D, P1844, or P184B is set
in addition to the DTC No. P1857.
Q: Check if any code from P1836, P183D, P1844, or P184B
is set in addition to the DTC No. P1857.
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Replace the transaxle assembly.
DTC P1858: Even number gear axle interlock
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the gear engagement is
normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The two gears are determined to be engaged in the
even number gear range.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST gear
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
22-98
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 99 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Drive with shifting to each gear range. (Hold each gear
range for 5 seconds or more.)
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1858 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code
Check if any code from P1836, P183D, P1844, or P184B is set
in addition to the DTC No. P1858.
Q: Check if any code from P1836, P183D, P1844, or P184B
is set in addition to the DTC No. P1858.
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Replace the transaxle assembly.
DTC P185D: Clutch open not possible
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch 1 and 2 are normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The disengagement of the clutch 1 and 2 are determined to be impossible.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of clutch assembly
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
Page 100 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-99
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 15 seconds with the engine idle status, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P185D set?
YES : Replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to P.22-187.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1862: High side 1 system (Overcurrent)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the high side 1 circuit is
normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The supply current to the high side 1 is determined to
be overcurrent.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 5 or more seconds have passed with the engine idle status, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1862 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
22-100
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 101 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
DTC P1863: High side 1 system (Open circuit)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the high side 1 circuit is
normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The high side 1 circuit is determined to be open.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 5 or more seconds have passed with the engine idle status, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1863 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1864: High side 1 system (Short to power supply)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the high side 1 circuit is
normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The high side 1 circuit is determined to be short to
power supply.
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
TSB Revision
Page 102 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
22-101
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 15 seconds with the engine idle status, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1864 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1866: High side 2 system (Overcurrent)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the high side 2 circuit is
normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The supply current to the high side 2 is determined to
be overcurrent.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
TSB Revision
22-102
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 103 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 5 or more seconds have passed with the engine idle status, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1866 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1867: High side 2 system (Open circuit)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the high side 2 circuit is
normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The high side 2 circuit is determined to be open.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
Page 104 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-103
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 5 or more seconds have passed with the engine idle status, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1867 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1868: High side 2 system (Short to power supply)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the high side 2 circuit is
normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The high side 2 circuit is determined to be short to
power supply.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 15 seconds with the engine idle status, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1868 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
22-104
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 105 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
DTC P186A: High side 3 system (Overcurrent)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the high side 3 circuit is
normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The supply current to the high side 3 is determined to
be overcurrent.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 5 seconds with the engine idle status, check that the DTC
is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P186A set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P186B: High side 3 system (Open circuit)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
TSB Revision
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the high side 3 circuit is
normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The high side 3 circuit is determined to be open.
Page 106 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
22-105
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 5 or more seconds have passed with the engine idle status, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P186B set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P186C: High side 3 system (Short to power supply)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the high side 3 circuit is
normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The high side 3 circuit is determined to be short to
power supply.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
TSB Revision
22-106
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 107 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 15 seconds with the engine idle status, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P186C set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P186D: High side 1 system (Voltage low range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the high side 1 circuit is
normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The voltage of the high side 1 circuit is determined to
be too low.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of power supply circuit (open circuit)
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
Page 108 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-107
STEP 2. Check the TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit
Refer to P.22-156.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit. (Refer
to P.22-156.) After repairing the power supply circuit,
go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 10 or more seconds have passed with the engine idle status, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P186D set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P186E: High side 2 system (Voltage low range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the high side 2 circuit is
normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The voltage of the high side 2 circuit is determined to
be too low.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of power supply circuit (open circuit)
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
22-108
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 109 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 2. Check the TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit
Refer to P.22-156.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit. (Refer
to P.22-156.) After repairing the power supply circuit,
go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 10 or more seconds have passed with the engine idle status, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P186E set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P186F: High side 3 system (Voltage low range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the high side 3 circuit is
normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The voltage of the high side 3 circuit is determined to
be too low.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of power supply circuit (open circuit)
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
Page 110 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-109
STEP 2. Check the TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit
Refer to P.22-156.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit. (Refer
to P.22-156.) After repairing the power supply circuit,
go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 10 or more seconds have passed with the engine idle status, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P186F set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1870: Engine torque signal abnormality
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU receives the periodic communication
data from the engine control module via the CAN bus
lines, and checks the data for abnormality.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The engine torque signal from the engine control
module is determined to be abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! The CAN bus line is defective.
! Malfunction of engine control module
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using the scan tool, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
22-110
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 111 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 2. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code.
Check if the diagnostic trouble code is set to the system other
than TC-SST.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Perform the relevant troubleshooting.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code.
After 15 seconds with the engine idle status, check that the
diagnostic trouble code for engine is set.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Perform the relevant troubleshooting.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 15 seconds with the engine idle status, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1870 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1871: APS system (Signal abnormality)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU receives the periodic communication
data from the engine control module via the CAN bus
lines, and checks the data for abnormality.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The APS signal from the engine control module is
determined to be abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! The CAN bus line is defective.
! APS malfunction
! Malfunction of engine control module
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
TSB Revision
Page 112 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-111
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using the scan tool, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code.
Check if the diagnostic trouble code is set to the system other
than TC-SST.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Perform the relevant troubleshooting.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code.
After 15 seconds with the engine idle status, check that the
diagnostic trouble code for engine is set.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Perform the relevant troubleshooting.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 15 seconds with the engine idle status, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1871 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1872: Between shift lever and TC-SST system (Q-A function abnormality)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the shift lever-ECU is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The shift lever-ECU is determined to be abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of the shift lever-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
TSB Revision
22-112
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 113 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code
Check the shift lever diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Perform the relevant troubleshooting.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Replace the shift lever assembly, and check if the
diagnostic trouble code is reset.
(1) Replace the shift lever assembly.
(2) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No. P1872 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1873: Clutch 1 System (Pressure abnormality)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The clutch 1 pressure is determined to be abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch assembly
! Malfunction of engine system
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch 1 pressure is
normal.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
Page 114 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-113
STEP 2. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code.
Check the engine diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Perform the relevant troubleshooting.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 30 seconds with the engine idle status, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1873 set?
YES : Replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to P.22-187.)
After replacing the clutch assembly, go to Step 4.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 4. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 30 seconds with the engine idle status, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1873 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1874: Clutch 2 System (Pressure abnormality)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The clutch 2 pressure is determined to be abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch assembly
! Malfunction of engine system
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch 2 pressure is
normal.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
22-114
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 115 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 2. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code.
Check the engine diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Perform the relevant troubleshooting.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 30 seconds with the engine idle status, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1874 set?
YES : Replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to P.22-187.)
After replacing the clutch assembly, go to Step 4.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 4. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 30 seconds with the engine idle status, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1874 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1875: Damper Speed Sensor System (Poor performance)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the damper (closer to the
engine than input shaft) is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The damper speed sensor is determined to be
abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of damper speed sensor
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
TSB Revision
Page 116 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-115
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
With the vehicle stopped, hold a specific accelerator pedal
angle for 20 seconds, and check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1875 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P1876: Gear Block 1st
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the gear engagement is
normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The engagement of the 1st gear is determined to be
impossible.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST gear
! Malfunction of clutch assembly
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
22-116
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 117 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) With the engine idle status, operate the shift lever in the
following sequence: P " R " D " R " P. (Hold each
range for 5 seconds or more.)
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1876 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No.3: Line pressure Test. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Go to Step 4.
"No" : DTC No. P181B: Carry out the troubleshooting for
the DTC No. P181B: Clutch 1 (Pressure low range
out). (Refer to P.22-57.)
STEP 4. Replace the clutch assembly, and check if the DTC
is reset.
(1) Replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to P.22-187.)
(2) With the engine idle status, operate the shift lever in the
following sequence: P " R " D " R " P. (Hold each
range for 5 seconds or more.)
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P1876 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P1877: Gear Block 2nd
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the gear engagement is
normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The engagement of the 2nd gear is determined to be
impossible.
TSB Revision
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST gear
! Malfunction of clutch assembly
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
Page 118 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-117
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Drive with shifted in the 2nd gear.
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1877 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No.3: Line pressure Test. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Go to Step 4.
"No" : DTC No. P181B: Carry out the troubleshooting for
the DTC No. P181B: Clutch 1 (Pressure low range
out). (Refer to P.22-57.)
STEP 4. Replace the clutch assembly, and check if the DTC
is reset.
(1) Replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to P.22-187.)
(2) Drive with shifted in the 2nd gear.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P1877 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P1878: Gear Block 3rd
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
TSB Revision
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
22-118
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the gear engagement is
normal.
Page 119 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
! Malfunction of clutch assembly
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The engagement of the 3rd gear is determined to be
impossible.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST gear
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Drive with shifted in the 3rd gear.
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1878 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No.3: Line pressure Test. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Go to Step 4.
"No" : DTC No. P181B: Carry out the troubleshooting for
the DTC No. P181B: Clutch 1 (Pressure low range
out). (Refer to P.22-57.)
TSB Revision
Page 120 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-119
STEP 4. Replace the clutch assembly, and check if the DTC
is reset.
(1) Replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to P.22-187.)
(2) Drive with shifted in the 3rd gear.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P1878 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P1879: Gear Block 4th
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the gear engagement is
normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The engagement of the 4th gear is determined to be
impossible.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST gear
! Malfunction of clutch assembly
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Drive with shifted in the 4th gear.
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1879 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
22-120
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 121 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No.3: Line pressure Test. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Go to Step 4
"No" : DTC No. P181B: Carry out the troubleshooting for
the DTC No. P181B: Clutch 1 (Pressure low range
out). (Refer to P.22-57.)
STEP 4. Replace the clutch assembly, and check if the DTC
is reset.
(1) Replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to P.22-187.)
(2) Drive with shifted in the 4th gear.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P1879 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P187A: Gear Block 5th
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST gear
! Malfunction of clutch assembly
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the gear engagement is
normal.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The engagement of the 5th gear is determined to be
impossible.
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
TSB Revision
Page 122 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-121
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Drive with shifted in the 5th gear.
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P187A set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No.3: Line pressure Test. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Go to Step 4.
"No" : DTC No. P181B: Carry out the troubleshooting for
the DTC No. P181B: Clutch 1 (Pressure low range
out). (Refer to P.22-57.)
STEP 4. Replace the clutch assembly, and check if the DTC
is reset.
(1) Replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to P.22-187.)
(2) Drive with shifted in the 5th gear.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P187A set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P187B: Gear Block 6th
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the gear engagement is
normal.
TSB Revision
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The engagement of the 6th gear is determined to be
impossible.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST gear
! Malfunction of clutch assembly
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
22-122
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
Page 123 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Drive with shifted in the 6th gear.
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P187B set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No.3: Line pressure Test. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Go to Step 4.
"No" : DTC No. P181B: Carry out the troubleshooting for
the DTC No. P181B: Clutch 1 (Pressure low range
out). (Refer to P.22-57.)
STEP 4. Replace the clutch assembly, and check if the DTC
is reset.
(1) Replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to P.22-187.)
(2) Drive with shifted in the 6th gear.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P187B set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
TSB Revision
Page 124 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-123
DTC P187C: Gear Block Reverse
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the gear engagement is
normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The engagement of the reverse gear is determined
to be impossible.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST gear
! Malfunction of clutch assembly
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) With the engine idle status, operate the shift lever in the
following sequence: P " R " D " R " P. (Hold each
range for 5 seconds or more.)
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P187C set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No.3: Line pressure Test. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Go to Step 4.
"No" : DTC No. P181B: Carry out the troubleshooting for
the DTC No. P181B: Clutch 1 (Pressure low range
out). (Refer to P.22-57.)
TSB Revision
22-124
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 124 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 4. Replace the clutch assembly, and check if the DTC
is reset.
(1) Replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to P.22-187.)
(2) With the engine idle status, operate the shift lever in the
following sequence: P " R " D " R " P. (Hold each
range for 5 seconds or more.)
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P187C set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P1880: EOL Mode Active
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the TC-SST setting mode
is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The TC-SST setting mode is determined to be EOL
(end of line) mode.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! The setting mode changeover mistake when TCSST is shipped.
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1880 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
Page 126 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-125
DTC P1881: Twin clutch SST control mode switch system (Malfunction)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
"+" and " " signals of the twin clutch SST control
mode switch is determined to be stuck on.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Twin clutch SST control mode switch malfunction
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the twin clutch SST control
mode switch is normal.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 5 or more seconds have passed with the engine idle status, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P1881 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Twin clutch SST control mode switch check
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the twin clutch SST control mode switch.
STEP 4. Shift lever assembly replacement
(1) Replace the shift lever assembly.
(2) Check if the DTC is set.
Q: Is DTC No. P1881 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
22-126
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 127 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
DTC P1885: SHIFT FORK 1 JUMP OUT
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the movement of the shift
fork 1 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The movement of the shift fork 1 is determined to be
abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST shift fork
! Malfunction of valve body
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Drive with shifted in the 1st gear and reverse.
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1885 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) Drive with shifted in the 1st gear and reverse.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P1885 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
TSB Revision
Page 128 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-127
DTC P1886: SHIFT FORK 2 JUMP OUT
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the movement of the shift
fork 2 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The movement of the shift fork 2 is determined to be
abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST shift fork
! Malfunction of valve body
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Drive with shifted in the 3rd gear and 5th gear.
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1886 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) Drive with shifted in the 3rd gear and 5th gear.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P1886 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
TSB Revision
22-128
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 129 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
DTC P1887: SHIFT FORK 3 JUMP OUT
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the movement of the shift
fork 3 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The movement of the shift fork 3 is determined to be
abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST shift fork
! Malfunction of valve body
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Drive with shifted in the 6th gear.
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1887 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) Drive with shifted in the 6th gear.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P1887 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
TSB Revision
Page 130 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-129
DTC P1888: SHIFT FORK 4 JUMP OUT
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the movement of the shift
fork 4 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The movement of the shift fork 4 is determined to be
abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST shift fork
! Malfunction of valve body
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Drive with shifted in the 2nd gear and 4th gear.
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1888 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) Drive with shifted in the 2nd gear and 4th gear.
(3) Check the DTC.
Q: Is DTC No.P1888 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
TSB Revision
22-130
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 131 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
DTC P1890 TEACH-IN NOT COMPLETED
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
It is judged that Teach-In is not completed normally.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Teach-In not completed
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch assembly
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that Teach-In is completed normally.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) After 10 or more seconds have passed with the ignition
switch ON position, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1890 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Perform Teach-In (the same item as the mechatronic
assembly replacement). (Refer to P.22-3.)
(2) After 10 or more seconds have passed with the ignition
switch ON position, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1890 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
Page 132 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-131
STEP 4. Replace the mechatronic assembly, and check if
the DTC is reset.
(1) Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22-176.)
(2) After 10 or more seconds have passed with the ignition
switch ON position, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1890 set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
STEP 5. Replace the clutch assembly, and check if the DTC
is reset.
(1) Replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to P.22-187.)
(2) After 10 or more seconds have passed with the ignition
switch ON position, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P1890 set?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DTC P2718: Clutch/Shift Pressure Solenoid 1 System (Open circuit)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch/shift pressure
solenoid 1 circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The clutch/shift pressure solenoid 1 circuit is determined to be open.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch/shift pressure solenoid 1
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
22-132
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 133 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P2718 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P2719: Clutch/Shift Pressure Solenoid 1 System (Overcurrent)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch/shift pressure
solenoid 1 circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The supply current to the clutch/shift pressure solenoid 1 is determined to be overcurrent.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch/shift pressure solenoid 1
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 5 or more seconds have passed with the engine idle status, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P2719 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
Page 134 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-133
DTC P2720: Clutch/Shift Pressure Solenoid 1 System (Short to ground)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch/shift pressure
solenoid 1 circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The clutch/shift pressure solenoid 1 circuit is determined to be short to ground.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch/shift pressure solenoid 1
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P2720 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P2721: Clutch/Shift Pressure Solenoid 1 System (Short to power supply)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch/shift pressure
solenoid 1 circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The clutch/shift pressure solenoid 1 circuit is determined to be short to power supply.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
TSB Revision
22-134
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
! Malfunction of clutch/shift pressure solenoid 1
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
Page 135 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
! MONITOR EXECUTION
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P2721 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P2727: Clutch/Shift Pressure Solenoid 2 System (Open circuit)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch/shift pressure
solenoid 2 circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The clutch/shift pressure solenoid 2 circuit is determined to be open.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch/shift pressure solenoid 2
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
TSB Revision
Page 136 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-135
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P2727 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P2728: Clutch/Shift Pressure Solenoid 2 System (Overcurrent)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch/shift pressure
solenoid 2 circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The supply current to the clutch/shift pressure solenoid 2 is determined to be overcurrent.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch/shift pressure solenoid 2
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
22-136
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 137 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P2728 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P2729: Clutch/Shift Pressure Solenoid 2 System (Short to ground)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch/shift pressure
solenoid 2 circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The clutch/shift pressure solenoid 2 circuit is determined to be short to ground.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch/shift pressure solenoid 2
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P2729 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
Page 138 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-137
DTC P2730: Clutch/Shift Pressure Solenoid 2 System (Short to power supply)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch/shift pressure
solenoid 2 circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The clutch/shift pressure solenoid 2 circuit is determined to be short to power supply.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch/shift pressure solenoid 2
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P2730 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P2733: Clutch/Shift Switching Solenoid 1, spool stuck
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch/shift switching
solenoid 1 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The clutch/shift switching solenoid 1 is determined to
be seized.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
TSB Revision
22-138
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
! Insufficient fluid level
! Malfunction of clutch/shift switching solenoid 1
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
Page 139 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
WARNING
During inspection, the vehicle might move suddenly
or the engine might stop. Be sure to depress the
brake pedal securely. In addition, perform the vehicle
inspection in a safe place isolated from people or
objects.
(1) With the brake pedal pressed, start the engine.
(2) With the engine idle status, operate the shift lever in the
following sequence: P " R " D. (Hold each range for 1
seconds or more.)
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P2733 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Check the fluid.
Q: Is the fluid level proper?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Add the fluid.
STEP 4. Check the installation status of the mechatronic
assembly.
Q: Is the mechatronic assembly installed correctly?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Install the mechatronic assembly correctly. (Refer to
P.22-176.)
TSB Revision
Page 140 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-139
DTC P2736: Clutch/Shift Switching Solenoid 1 System (Open circuit)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch/shift switching
solenoid 1 circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The clutch/shift switching solenoid 1 circuit is determined to be open.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch/shift switching solenoid 1
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P2736 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P2738: Clutch/Shift Switching Solenoid 1 System (Short to ground)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch/shift switching
solenoid 1 circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The clutch/shift switching solenoid 1 circuit is determined to be short to ground.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
TSB Revision
22-140
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
! Malfunction of clutch/shift switching solenoid 1
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
Page 141 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
! MONITOR EXECUTION
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P2738 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P2739: Clutch/Shift Switching Solenoid 1 System (Short to power supply)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch/shift switching
solenoid 1 circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The clutch/shift switching solenoid 1 circuit is determined to be short to power supply.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch/shift switching solenoid 1
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
TSB Revision
Page 142 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-141
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P2739 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P2742: Fluid Temperature Sensor System (Output low range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the output of the fluid temperature sensor is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The output is determined to be too low.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
22-142
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 143 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
30 seconds after turning ON the ignition switch, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P2742 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P2743: Fluid Temperature Sensor System (Output high range out)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the output of the fluid temperature sensor is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The output is determined to be too high.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
30 seconds after turning ON the ignition switch, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P2743 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
Page 144 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-143
DTC P2766: Input Shaft 2 (Even number gear axle) Speed Sensor System (Poor performance)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the input shaft sensor 2 is
normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The even number gear side input shaft speed (revolution) is determined to be abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Monitoring unit No. check
(1) Check the freeze frame data (item No. 30 to No. 37).
(2) Check which monitoring unit (No. 115 or No. 240) is set.
Q: Which monitoring unit is set, No. 115 or No. 240?
No. 115 : Go to Step 4
No. 240 : Go to Step 3
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Drive the vehicle at 50 km/h (31 mph) or more.
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P2766 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
22-144
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 145 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 4. Check whether the DTC is reset.
(1) Erase the DTC.
(2) Drive with shifting to each gear range.
(3) Check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No.P2766 set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 5. Scan tool Teach-In
(1) Carry out the Item No. 1: Plausibility check. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
(2) After Teach-In, check which result ("Yes" or "No") is
displayed in the Data list No. 101: Normal End. (Refer to
Special Function (Teach-In Reference Table P.22-169).)
Q: Which is displayed, "Yes" or "No"?
"Yes" : Replace the transaxle assembly.
"No" : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
DTC P2809: Clutch/Shift Switching Solenoid 2, spool stuck
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch/shift switching
solenoid 2 is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The clutch/shift switching solenoid 2 is determined to
be seized.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Insufficient fluid level
! Malfunction of clutch/shift switching solenoid 2
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
TSB Revision
Page 146 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-145
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After driving in the 4th gear, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P2809 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Check the fluid.
Q: Is the fluid level proper?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Add the fluid.
STEP 4. Check the installation status of the mechatronic
assembly.
Q: Is the mechatronic assembly installed correctly?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Install the mechatronic assembly correctly. (Refer to
P.22-176.)
DTC P2812: Clutch/Shift Switching Solenoid 2 System (Open circuit)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch/shift switching
solenoid 2 circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The clutch/shift switching solenoid 2 circuit is determined to be open.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch/shift switching solenoid 2
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
TSB Revision
22-146
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 147 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After driving in the 4th gear, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P2812 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P2814: Clutch/Shift Switching Solenoid 2 System (Short to ground)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch/shift switching
solenoid 2 circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The clutch/shift switching solenoid 2 circuit is determined to be short to ground.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch/shift switching solenoid 2
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
Page 148 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-147
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P2814 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC P2815: Clutch/Shift Switching Solenoid 2 System (Short to power supply)
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
TC-SST-ECU checks that the clutch/shift switching
solenoid 2 circuit is normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The clutch/shift switching solenoid 2 circuit is determined to be short to power supply.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! Malfunction of clutch/shift switching solenoid 2
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. P2815 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
22-148
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 149 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
DTC U0001: Bus-off
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
TC-SST-ECU ceases communication (bus-off).
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
year.
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
PROBABLE CAUSES
! The CAN bus line is defective.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check whether the DTC is reset.
30 seconds after turning ON the ignition switch, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. U0001 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC U0100: Engine Time-out Error
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
NOTE: For the OBD-II items below, refer to the service manuals of the appropriate model and model
TSB Revision
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The periodic communication data from the engine
control module cannot be received.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! The CAN bus line is defective.
! ECM malfunction
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
year.
Page 150 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
! MONITOR EXECUTION
! MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (OTHER
MONITOR AND SENSOR)
22-149
! LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
! DTC SET CONDITIONS
! OBD-II DRIVE CYCLE PATTERN
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using the scan tool, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code
Check the engine diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Perform the relevant troubleshooting.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 15 seconds with the engine idle status, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. U0100 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC U0103: Shift Lever Time-out Error
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The periodic communication data from the shift leverECU cannot be received.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! The CAN bus line is defective.
! Malfunction of the shift lever-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
TSB Revision
22-150
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 151 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using the scan tool, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code
Check the shift lever diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Perform the relevant troubleshooting.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 10 or more seconds have passed with the ignition switch
ON position, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. U0103 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC U0121: ASC Time-out Error
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The periodic communication data from the ASC-ECU
cannot be received.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! The CAN bus line is defective.
! Malfunction of ASC-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using the scan tool, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
Page 152 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-151
STEP 2. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code
Check the ASC diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Perform the relevant troubleshooting.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 15 seconds with the engine idle status, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. U0121 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC U0136: AWC  or ACD  Time-out Error
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The periodic communication data from the engine
control module cannot be received.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! The CAN bus line is defective.
! Malfunction of AWC-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using the scan tool, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines.
STEP 2. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code
Check the AWC  or ACD  diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Perform the relevant troubleshooting.
NO : Go to Step 3.
TSB Revision
22-152
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 153 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 10 or more seconds have passed with the ignition switch
ON position, check that the DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. U0136 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
DTC U0141: ETACS Time-out Error
CAUTION
! If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnostic trouble code may be
set. Prior to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
! Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that
the CAN bus lines are normal.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MONITOR METHODS
The periodic communication data from the ETACSECU cannot be received.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! The CAN bus line is defective.
! Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using the scan tool, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code
Check the ETACS diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Perform the relevant troubleshooting.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check whether the DTC is reset.
After 15 seconds with the engine idle status, check that the
DTC is reset.
Q: Is DTC No. U0141 set?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
Page 154 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-153
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The scan tool cannot communicate with TC-SST-ECU.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
CAN bus lines are normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The CAN bus line, TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit, or TC-SST-ECU may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Wrong scan tool wiring harness
! The CAN bus line is defective.
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
! ECU malfunction of other system
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Check and repair the TC-SST-ECU power supply
circuit. (Refer to P.22-156.)
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The driving mode cannot be changed.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
CAN bus lines are normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The twin clutch SST control mode switch, or TCSST-ECU may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of the twin clutch SST control mode
switch
! Damaged harness wires and connectors
! Malfunction of the shift lever-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
22-154
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 155 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 2. Scan tool data list
Item No.32: Drive mode switch
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Twin clutch SST control mode switch check
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the twin clutch SST control mode switch.
STEP 4. Twin clutch SST control mode switch connector
check
Check for the contact with terminals.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
STEP 5. Retest the system
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Go to Step 6
NO : The inspection is complete.
STEP 6. Trouble symptom recheck after replacing the shift
lever assembly
(1) Replace the shift lever assembly.
(2) Verify that the condition described by the customer exists.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Speed change with the paddle shift is impossible.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
CAN bus lines are normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The paddle shift switch, or TC-SST-ECU may have a
problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of the paddle shift switch
! Damaged harness wires and connectors
! Malfunction of the shift lever-ECU
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
TSB Revision
Page 156 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-155
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Paddle shift switch check
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the paddle shift assembly.
STEP 3. Measure the resistance at paddle shift switch
connector.
Disconnect the connector, and measure the resistance
between terminal No.2 and ground at the wiring harness side.
OK: Continuity exists. (2 $ or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Paddle shift switch connector check
Check for the contact with terminals.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
STEP 5. Check the wiring harness between paddle shift
switch connector terminal No.2 and the body ground.
Check the ground line for open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 6. Inspection of the shift lever assembly connector,
intermediate connector, and paddle shift switch connector
Check for the contact with terminals.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
STEP 7. Check the wiring harness between paddle shift
switch connector terminal No.1 and shift lever assembly
connector terminal No.11, and between paddle shift switch
connector terminal No.3 and shift lever assembly
connector terminal No.10.
Check the output line for short or open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
TSB Revision
22-156
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 157 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 8. Retest the system
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : The inspection is complete.
STEP 9. Trouble symptom recheck after replacing the shift
lever assembly
(1) Replace the shift lever assembly.
(2) Verify that the condition described by the customer exists.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit malfunction
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
CAN bus lines are normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit, ground circuit, or
TC-SST-ECU may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Defective battery
! Damaged harness wires and connectors
! Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
! Malfunction of the shift lever-ECU
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Check the battery.
Q: Is the battery in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Charge or replace the battery.
STEP 2. Measure the resistance at TC-SST-ECU connector.
Disconnect the connector, and measure the resistance
between terminal No.19 and ground at the wiring harness side.
OK: Continuity exists. (2 $ or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 3.
TSB Revision
Page 158 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-157
STEP 3. TC-SST-ECU connector check
Check for the contact with terminals.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
STEP 4. Check the wiring harness between TC-SST-ECU
connector terminal No.19 and body ground.
Check the ground line for open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 5. Measure the voltage at TC-SST-ECU connector.
Disconnect the connector, and measure the voltage between
terminal No.6 and ground at the wiring harness side.
OK: Battery positive voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Inspection of the intermediate connector and TCSST-ECU connector
Check for the contact with terminals.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
STEP 7. Check the wiring harness between TC-SST-ECU
connector terminal No.6 and fusible link.
Check the power supply line for short or open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 8. Scan tool diagnostic trouble code
Check the ETACS diagnostic trouble code.
Q: Is the DTC set?
YES : Perform the relevant troubleshooting.
NO : Go to Step 9.
TSB Revision
22-158
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 159 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 9. Measure the voltage at TC-SST-ECU connector.
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure the voltage
between terminal No.11 and ground at the wiring harness
side.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
OK: Battery positive voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 12.
NO : Go to Step 10.
STEP 10. Inspection of the intermediate connector, TCSST-ECU connector, J/C, and ETACS-ECU connector
Check for the contact with terminals.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 11.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
STEP 11. Check the wiring harness between TC-SST-ECU
connector terminal No.11 and ETACS-ECU connector
terminal No.5.
Check the power supply line for short or open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 12.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 12. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The shift lever does not operate.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The transaxle control cable, shift lever assembly, or
transaxle assembly may have a problem.
NOTE: Before performing this diagnosis, check that
the stoplight illuminates when the brake pedal is
depressed.
If the stoplight does not illuminate, check that the following items are normal. Then perform this diagnosis.
! Open circuit or short to ground (including blown
fuse) in stoplight switch system (power supply circuit)
! Stoplight switch system (output circuit) is shorted
to ground.
! Improper installation of stoplight switch
! Malfunction of stoplight switch
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of the transaxle control cable
! Malfunction of the shift lever assembly
! Malfunction of the transaxle assembly
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
TSB Revision
Page 160 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-159
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool data list.
Item No.5: Brake SW
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Shift lever-ECU connector check
Check for the contact with terminals.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
STEP 3. Measure the voltage at shift lever-ECU connector.
Disconnect the connector, and measure the voltage between
terminal No.4 and ground at the wiring harness side.
! OK: 1 V or less (brake pedal released)
! OK: System voltage (brake pedal depressed)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Inspection of the stoplight switch connector,
intermediate connector
Check for the contact with terminals.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
STEP 5. Check the wiring harness between stoplight
switch connector terminal No.1 and shift lever-ECU
connector terminal No.4.
Check the output line for open or short circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 6. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the shift lever assembly.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 7. Key interlock mechanism check
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Adjust the key interlock mechanism.
TSB Revision
22-160
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 161 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 8. Shift lever operation check
(1) Disconnect the connection of the shift lever assembly and
the transaxle control cable.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check that the
shift lever can be moved to each range when the brake
pedal is depressed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Replace the shift lever assembly.
STEP 9. Transaxle control cable check
(1) Connect the connection of the shift lever assembly and the
transaxle control cable.
(2) Disconnect the connection of the transaxle assembly and
the transaxle control cable.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check that the
shift lever can be moved to each range when the brake
pedal is depressed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : Check the transaxle control cable for installation
condition, and repair or replace if necessary.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Gears cannot be changed with the manual mode.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
CAN bus lines are normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The CAN bus lines, shift lever assembly, or mechatronic assembly may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of the CAN bus lines
! Malfunction of the shift lever assembly
! Malfunction of the mechatronic assembly
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
TSB Revision
Page 162 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-161
STEP 2. Scan tool data list.
Shift lever item No.1: Lever position
(1) Confirm that "Manual" is displayed when the shift lever
position is in the manual mode.
(2) Confirm that "+" is displayed when the shift lever position is
upshifted and held, and "-" is displayed when the shift lever
position is downshifted and held.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the shift lever assembly.
STEP 3. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The vehicle moves with the P-range.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The transaxle control cable, shift lever assembly, or
transaxle assembly may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of the transaxle control cable
! Malfunction of the shift lever assembly
! Malfunction of the transaxle assembly
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check for transaxle control cable installation
Check the transaxle control cable for installation condition.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Install the transaxle control cable properly.
STEP 2. Transaxle control cable operation check
1. Disconnect the connection of the transaxle assembly and
the transaxle control cable.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and depress the
brake pedal. Check that the transaxle control cable works
when shift lever is moved to P%R.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the transaxle control cable. Then, go to Step
4.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
22-162
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 163 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 4. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the shift lever assembly.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
STEP 5. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Slipping occurs with the D-range/R-range/manual mode, and engine
racing occurs during gear shifting/driving.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
Fluid may be insufficient or contaminated. Oil filter
case assembly, mechatronic assembly, clutch
assembly, or transaxle assembly may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Insufficient or contaminated fluid
! Malfunction of the oil filter case assembly
! Malfunction of the mechatronic assembly
! Malfunction of the clutch assembly
! Malfunction of the transaxle assembly
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Oil filter case assembly check
(1) Check if the oil filter is replaced according to the cycle
specified in the Maintenance Note.
! Normal condition : 96,000 km (60,000 miles)
! Severe condition : 48,000 km (30,000 miles)
(2) Visually check that no fluid leaks form the oil filter case
assembly and it is installed normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the oil filter case assembly.
STEP 2. Fluid check
Check for the fluid level and if no foreign material and contamination are found.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Charge or replace the fluid.
STEP 3. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.) Then go to Step 4.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
Page 164 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-163
STEP 4. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to P.22-187.)
Then go to Step 5.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 5. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: The vehicle does not creep with the D-range/R-range/manual mode.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The foot brake or parking brake may be dragging.
Mechatronic assembly, clutch assembly, or transaxle
assembly may have a problem.
NOTE: If the fluid temperature is extremely high, the
creep is controlled slightly for slip control.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Drag of foot brake or parking brake
! Malfunction of the mechatronic assembly
! Malfunction of the clutch assembly
! Malfunction of the transaxle assembly
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Inspect the foot brake or parking brake.
Check that the foot brake or parking brake is not dragging.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Adjust the foot brake or parking brake.
STEP 2. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.) Then go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to P.22-187.)
Then go to Step 4.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 4. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
22-164
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 165 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: The shock is large when the vehicle is stopped and the brake pedal is
released with the D-range/R-range/manual mode.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The mechatronic assembly, or clutch assembly may
have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of the mechatronic assembly
! Malfunction of the clutch assembly
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.) Then go to Step 2.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 2. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to P.22-187.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Poor acceleration
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
Fluid may be insufficient or contaminated. Engine
system, mechatronic assembly, clutch assembly, or
transaxle assembly may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of the engine system
! Insufficient or contaminated fluid
! Malfunction of the mechatronic assembly
! Malfunction of the clutch assembly
! Malfunction of the transaxle assembly
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the engine system
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2
NO : Repair the engine system.
STEP 2. Fluid check
Check for the fluid level and if no foreign material and contamination are found.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Charge or replace the fluid.
STEP 3. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.) Then go to Step 4.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
Page 165 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-165
STEP 4. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to P.22-187.)
Then go to Step 5.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 5. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: The gear shifting does not occur. (The transaxle does not upshift or
downshift.)
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
CAN bus lines are normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The CAN bus lines, mechatronic assembly, clutch
assembly, or transaxle assembly may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of the CAN bus lines
! Malfunction of the mechatronic assembly
! Malfunction of the clutch assembly
! Malfunction of the transaxle assembly
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Required Special Tools:
! MB991958 Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
! MB991824: Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.)
! MB991827 M.U.T.-III USB Cable
! MB991910 M.U.T.-III Main Harness A
STEP 1. Scan tool CAN bus diagnostics
Using scan tool MB991958, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. After repairing the CAN bus
line, go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.) Then go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to P.22-187.)
Then go to Step 4.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
TSB Revision
22-166
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 167 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 4. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The shift shock is large.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The mechatronic assembly, clutch assembly, or transaxle assembly may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of the mechatronic assembly
! Malfunction of the clutch assembly
! Malfunction of the transaxle assembly
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.) Then go to Step 2.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 2. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to P.22-187.)
Then go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Delay occurs when the lever is shifted from "N" to "D" or "N" to "R".
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
Fluid may be insufficient or contaminated. TC-SSTECU power supply circuit, mechatronic assembly,
clutch assembly, or transaxle assembly may have a
problem.
TSB Revision
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit
! Insufficient or contaminated fluid
! Malfunction of the mechatronic assembly
! Malfunction of the clutch assembly
! Malfunction of the transaxle assembly
Page 168 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-167
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit
Refer to P.22-156.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the TC-SST-ECU power supply circuit. (Refer
to P.22-156.)
STEP 2. Fluid check
Check for the fluid level and if no foreign material and contamination are found.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Charge or replace the fluid.
STEP 3. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.) Then go to Step 4.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 4. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to P.22-187.)
Then go to Step 5.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 5. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: The engine stops when the lever is shifted from "N" to "D" or "N" to
"R".
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
Engine system, mechatronic assembly, or clutch
assembly may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of the engine system
! Malfunction of the mechatronic assembly
! Malfunction of the clutch assembly
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the engine system
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the engine system.
TSB Revision
22-168
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
Page 169 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
STEP 2. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.) Then go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to P.22-187.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: The vehicle moves with the N-range on the level ground.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The mechatronic assembly, or clutch assembly may
have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Malfunction of the mechatronic assembly
! Malfunction of the clutch assembly
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.) Then go to Step 2.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 2. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to P.22-187.)
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Judder/noise/vibration
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
Fluid may be insufficient or contaminated. Mechatronic assembly or clutch assembly may have a problem.
NOTE: The following items can become a cause of
the probable causes other than transaxle. Perform
this troubleshooting after checking that the following
probable causes are normal.
! Engine system
! Vibration of exhaust system
TSB Revision
! Driveshaft malfunction (flaw, wear, looseness,
large deflection)
! Tire
! Interference of the drive system and body
! Suspension malfunction (looseness)
PROBABLE CAUSES
! Insufficient or contaminated fluid
! Malfunction of the mechatronic assembly
! Malfunction of the clutch assembly
! Malfunction of the transaxle assembly
Page 170 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
DIAGNOSIS 
22-169
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Fluid check
Check for the fluid level and if no foreign material and contamination are found.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Charge or replace the fluid.
STEP 2. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to P.22-187.)
Then go to Step 3.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 3. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the mechatronic assembly. (Refer to P.22176.) Then go to Step 4.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
STEP 4. Retest the system.
Q: Does a malfunction take place again?
YES : Replace the transaxle assembly.
NO : Intermittent malfunction.
SPECIAL FUNCTION
M1225028400126
TEACH-IN REFERENCE TABLE
CAUTION
Be careful with the following items when performing Item No.3: Line Pressure Test.
! The engine speed could be high (4,000 r/min) when the Line Pressure Test is in progress. (Depending on the transaxle state, the engine speed may not be high.)
! After Teach-In completion, check that it completed normally. (Teach-In execution results is displayed in the following Data list.)
TEACH-IN
Item No.
Scan tool Item Name
1
Plausibility check
2
Shift fork Teach-In
3
Line pressure Test
4
Stroke Teach-In
5
Boost Teach-In
6
Interlock Teach-In
7
Clutch Ventilation
8
Reset clutch gain
NOTE:
! According to the transmission fluid state (fluid -filled state), Teach-In executed time is not equal.
TSB Revision
22-170
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Page 171 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
! Item No.8 is not displayed when the Diag. Version of TC-SST-ECU is 0001. (Diag. Version can be
checked by the Teach-In screen of scan tool.)
DATA LIST
No. Data List Item Name Teach-In state or result
Scan tool display
100
Before execution
No
Other than the execution
conditions
Pending
After execution
Yes " No
At the normal end
Yes
At the abnormal end
No
At the normal end
No
At the abnormal end
Yes
When a timeout error is not
occurred
No
When a timeout error is
occurred
Yes
101
102
103
104
Teach-In executing
Normal End
Abnormal End
Timeout error
Abort conditions error When an error other than the
execution conditions is not
occurred
No
When an error other than the
Yes
execution conditions is occurred
110
Execute last Teach-In
item
The previously conducted scan tool item
name is displayed
111
Internal Error Data
The monitoring unit No. is displayed in case
of an error
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
TRANSMISSION FLUID LEAKAGE CHECK
M1225029700108
1. Clean the transaxle exterior, and visually check the
transaxle for fluid leaks.
2. If the fluid is leaking from the oil pan or the oil seal, replace
the part. If the fluid is leaking from the part other than the oil
pan and the oil seal, replace the transaxle assembly.
TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL CHECK
M1225008000278
1. Remove the engine room under cover front B assembly.
2. Start the engine, and let it run at idle to warm it up for 15
minutes.
3. Move the shift lever to every position (P, R, N, D, manual
mode) (Hold for 20 seconds in each position), and then
move it to the P range.
4. Stop the engine.
5. Remove the air cleaner element and air cleaner intake duct.

TSB Revision
Page 172 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Remove the battery and battery tray. 
6. Remove the filler plug.
Transaxle control
lever
Filler plug
AC704813AE

Drain plug
Plug A
Centermember
AC704517AG

Drain plug
Centermember
22-171
ACB03624AB
CAUTION
! The drained fluid can be reused if it is between the
replacement intervals.

! Normal condition: 96,000 km (60,000 miles)
! Severe condition: 48,000 km (30,000 miles)
! When reusing the drained fluid, make sure that no foreign object gets into the fluid.
7. Remove the drain plugs, and leave it for 3 minutes to drain
the fluid.
NOTE: Because the fluid in the oil cooler, oil filter, and transaxle assembly cannot be drained, the amount of drained
fluid will be approximately 5.5 dm3 (approximately 5.8
quarts).
NOTE: Do not remove this plug when the TC-SST with plug
A is received the maintenance. If this plug is removed by a
mistake, install it by the same procedures as for the drain
plug.
8. Tighten the drain plugs to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 35 & 5 N'm (26 & 4 ft-lb)
CAUTION
Measure the drained fluid. If the drained fluid is less than
approximately 5.5 dm3 (approximately 5.8 quarts), add new
fluid to make it approximately 5.5 dm3 (approximately 5.8
quarts).
9. Fill the fluid into the filler plug.
Brand name: Dia Queen SSTF-I
Filling amount: Approximately 5.5 dm3 (approximately
5.8 quarts)
10.Tighten the filler plug to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 35 & 5 N'm (26 & 4 ft-lb)
11.Install the air cleaner element and air cleaner intake duct.

Install the battery and battery tray. 
12.Install the engine room under cover front B assembly.
TRANSMISSION FLUID CHANGE
M1225008100297
1. Remove the engine room under cover front B assembly.
2. Start the engine, and let it run at idle to warm it up for 15
minutes.
3. Move the shift lever to every position (P, R, N, D, manual
mode) (Hold for 20 seconds in each position), and then
move it to the P range.
TSB Revision
22-172
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Page 173 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
4. Stop the engine.
5. Remove the air cleaner element and air cleaner intake duct.

Remove the battery and battery tray. 
6. Remove the filler plug.
Transaxle control
lever
Filler plug
AC704813AE

Drain plug
Plug A
Centermember
AC704517AG

Drain plug
7. Remove the drain plug, and leave it for 3 minutes to drain
the fluid.
NOTE: Because the fluid in the oil cooler, oil filter, and transaxle assembly cannot be drained, the amount of drained
fluid will be approximately 5.5 dm3 (approximately 5.8
quarts).
NOTE: Do not remove this plug when the TC-SST with plug
A is received the maintenance. If this plug is removed by a
mistake, install it by the same procedures as for the drain
plug.
8. Tighten the drain plug to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 35 & 5 N'm (26 & 4 ft-lb)
9. Fill the fluid into the filler plug.
Brand name: Dia Queen SSTF-I
Filling amount: Approximately 5.5 dm3 (approximately
5.8 quarts)
Centermember
ACB03624AB
10.Tighten the filler plug to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 35 & 5 N'm (26 & 4 ft-lb)
11.Install the air cleaner element and air cleaner intake duct.

Install the battery and battery tray. 
12.Install the engine room under cover front B assembly.
TSB Revision
Page 174 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
22-173
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1225010200473
CAUTION
! When the transaxle assembly is replaced, save the vehicle identification number and perform the
variant coding. Refer to the "M.U.T.-III Owner’s Manual" and perform coding.
! When the mechatronic assembly is replaced, reprogram the ECU and carry out the following
Teach-In (Refer to P.22-3).
! When the clutch assembly is replaced, the following Teach-In must be carried out (Refer to P.223).
! When the transaxle control cable is disconnected, check after the installation that the cable is
properly connected, and that the parking lock mechanism operates normally. At this time, do not
check by simply using the display on the combination meter and shift indicator panel. Always
check according to the procedure below.
! When driving at 5 km/h (3.1 mph) or less, the vehicle stops when the shift lever is moved to the
P range.
! With the P range, the vehicle does not move on a slight slope or when pushed by hands.
! Drain the fluid remaining in the oil cooler before installing the transaxle assembly.
! Do not refill the fluid when replacing the transaxle assembly with a new one.
NOTE:
! The new transaxle assembly is filled with 7.6 dm3 (8.0 qt) of the fluid (including the oil cooler).
! The transaxle assembly has a sealed structure, and the fluid does not drain out from parts other than the
oil cooler hose.
CAUTION
Refill 6.1 dm3 (6.4 qt) of the transmission fluid.
NOTE: The fluid capacity of the oil cooler assembly and the oil cooler hose is 0.6 dm3 (0.6 qt).
CAUTION
! If the transaxle assembly is repaired, fill new fluid and check the transmission fluid level. (Refer to
P.22-170.)
! When the transaxle assembly is not repaired, the drained fluid can be reused if it is between the
replacement intervals.
TSB Revision
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
22-174
OIL PAN
Page 175 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
OIL PAN
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1225028800328
CAUTION
If a fluid leakage is present in the area around the oil pan, clean around the oil pan. After cleaning,
warm up the engine. Only if a fluid leakage is present in the area around the oil pan again, replace the
oil pan assembly.
Pre-removal and Post-installation Operation
Charge Air Cooler Outlet Air Hose and Charge Air Cooler
Outlet Air Hose E Removal and Installation
1
3
2
10 ± 1 N·m
89 ± 8 in-lb
AC901761AC
>>B<<
<>
Removal steps
Transmission Fluid Draining
and Refilling (Refer to P.22171.)
1. Transaxle assembly
connector connection
!
TSB Revision
<>
>>A<<
Removal steps (Continued)
2. Oil pan assembly
3. O-ring
Page 176 of 199
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TSB−13−22−003
OIL PAN
22-175
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS
<> TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR DISCONNECTION
Rotate the section A of the connector 90# to the direction of the
arrow to disconnect the connector.
A
AC708151AC
<> OIL PAN ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
CAUTION
When removing the oil pan assembly, pay attention to
avoid damage to the connector and the O-ring between the
oil pan assembly and the connector.
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS
>>A<< OIL PAN ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION
1. Completely degrease the oil pan assembly installation
surface on the transaxle side.
2. Remove the gasket from the oil pan assembly, and
completely degrease the groove of the oil pan assembly
(gasket installation area) and the gasket. Then, install the
gasket to the groove of the oil pan assembly.
CAUTION
When installing the oil pan assembly, pay attention to
avoid damage to the connector and the O-ring installed to
the connector.
3. Tighten the screws to the specified torque in the order
shown in the figure.
Tightening torque: 10 & 1 N'm (89 & 8 in-lb)
6
3
11
9
>>B<< TRANSMISSION FLUID REFILLING
4
CAUTION
! If the internal components are repaired, fill new fluid
and check the transmission fluid level. (Refer to P.22170.)
! If the internal components are not repaired, the drained
fluid can be reused if it is between the replacement
intervals.
8
5
10
1
7
2
AC807528AC
TSB Revision
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
22-176
MECHATRONIC ASSEMBLY, MANUAL CONTROL LEVER
Page 177 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
MECHATRONIC ASSEMBLY, MANUAL CONTROL LEVER
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1225029600060
CAUTION
When the mechatronic assembly is replaced, reprogram the ECU and carry out the following Teach-In
(Refer to P.22-3).
Pre-removal and Post-installation Operation
! Radiator Lower Pipe Assembly Removal and Installation.
! Fan, Fan Motor and Fan Shroud Assembly Removal and
Installation.
! Intercooler Outlet Air Pipe C Removal and Installation.
! Oil Pan Removal and Installation (Refer to P.22-174.)
6
9
10 N
6.0 ± 1.0 N·m
53 ± 8 in-lb
2N
5
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
44 ± 8 in-lb
10 ± 1.5 N·m
89 ± 8 in-lb
8N
5
N3
7
10 ± 1.5 N·m
89 ± 8 in-lb
32 ± 2 N·m
24 ± 1 ft-lb
N4
1
AC900881AD
<> >>B<< 1.
>>B<< 2.
3.
>>B<< 4.
5.
Removal steps
Mechatronic assembly
Gasket A
Gasket B
Gasket C
Pin
TSB Revision
Removal steps (Continued)
6. Breather nipple
<> >>A<< 7. Plug
<> >>A<< 8. Bolt
<> >>A<< 9. Manual control shaft
10. Oil seal
Page 178 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
MECHATRONIC ASSEMBLY, MANUAL CONTROL LEVER
22-177
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS
<> MECHATRONIC ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
1. Remove the connector carefully.
AK900284
CAUTION
When removing bolt, use magnetic tools to prevent them
from falling out.
2. Remove the three bolts.
AK900330
3. Pull carefully at the connector to loose by approx. 2 - 3 mm
(0.08 - 0.12 inch).
AK900285
4. Remove the bolts in the order shown and remove the
mechatronic assembly carefully.
2
7
9
11
4
6
10
8
5
3
1
AK900257AB
TSB Revision
22-178
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
MECHATRONIC ASSEMBLY, MANUAL CONTROL LEVER
Page 179 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
<> PLUG/BOLT/MANUAL CONTROL SHAFT REMOVAL
1. Move the lever from D in clock direction to the service
position as shown.
AK900313AB
2. Remove the plug.
AK900310
CAUTION
When removing bolt, use magnetic tools to prevent them
from falling out.
3. When removing the bolt located behind the plug, pay
attention to the bolt not to fall in the transaxle case.
4. Remove the manual control shaft carefully.
AK900311
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS
>>A<< MANUAL CONTROL SHAFT/BOLT/PLUG INSTALLACAUTION
When installing bolt, use magnetic tools to prevent them
from falling out.
1. Install the manual control shaft carefully and tighten the bolt
to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 10 & 1.5 N'm (89 & 8 in-lb)
AK900311
TSB Revision
Page 180 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
MECHATRONIC ASSEMBLY, MANUAL CONTROL LEVER
22-179
2. Tighten the plug to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 32 & 2 N'm (24 & 1 ft-lb)
AK900310
>>B<< GASKET A/GASKET C/MECHATRONIC ASSEMBLY
INSTALLATION
1. As shown in the illustration, fix the gasket to the transaxle
case by pushing the gasket at the area to which the gasket
dowel pin is inserted.
AK900286
AK900287
10
5
3
1
2. Install the mechatronic assembly carefully and tighten the
mechatronic assembly mounting bolts to the specified
torque in the order of number shown in the figure.
Tightening torque: 5.0 & 1.0 N'm (44 & 8 in-lb)
8
6
3. Tighten again the mechatronic assembly mounting bolts to
the specified torque in the order of number shown in the
figure.
Tightening torque: 10 & 1.5 N'm (89 & 8 in-lb)
2
4
7
9
11
AK900257AC
TSB Revision
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
22-180
TRANSAXLE CASE OIL SEAL
Page 181 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
CAUTION
When installing bolt, use magnetic tools to prevent them
from falling out.
4. Tighten the bolts to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 6.0 & 1.0 N'm (53 & 8 in-lb)
5. Install the connector.
AK900330
TRANSAXLE CASE OIL SEAL
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1225029000273
Pre-removal Operation
! Transmission Fluid Draining (Refer to P.22-171.)
Post-installation Operation
! Transmission Fluid Refilling (Refer to P.22-171.)
! Transmission Fluid Level Check (Refer to P.22-170.)
3N
2N
N
1
Transaxle
assembly
Transfer
assembly
Grease: Molykote BR2-Plus
AC901630AC
<>
>>C<<
Transaxle case oil seal (LH)
removal steps
! Front driveshaft assembly
(LH)
1. Transaxle case oil seal (LH)
Required Special Tools:
! MB992310: Oil seal installer
! MB992311: Oil seal guide
! MB992312: Oil seal installer
<>
>>B<<
>>A<<
Transaxle case oil seal (RH)
removal steps
! Transfer assembly
2. V ring
3. Transaxle case oil seal (RH)
! MB992313: Oil seal guide
! MB992314: V ring guide
TSB Revision
Page 182 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TRANSAXLE CASE OIL SEAL
22-181
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS
<> TRANSAXLE CASE OIL SEAL (LH)/TRANSAXLE
CASE OIL SEAL (RH) REMOVAL
1. Insert the tapping screw (( 3 mm [0.1 inch]) to one of four
hollows (round shape) on the oil seal by turning it 2 or 3
times.

Oil seal Back side
AK802283AC
AK802289
2. Tap the opposite side of the inserted tapping screw using a
knock pin punch to press in the oil seal approximately 1 mm
(0.04 inch).
AK802290
3. Hold the inserted tapping screw with pliers or similar tools,
and remove the oil seal.
NOTE: If the transaxle case oil seal (RH) is replaced, the Vring must also be replaced.
AK802291
TSB Revision
22-182
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TRANSAXLE CASE OIL SEAL
Page 183 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS
>>A<< TRANSAXLE CASE OIL SEAL (RH) INSTALLATION
1. Apply the transaxle oil to the oil seal guide (special tool:
MB992313). Insert the oil seal to oil seal guide (special tool:
MB992313).
MB992313
AK802299AC
2. Use special tool oil seal installer (special tool: MB992312) to
install the oil seal to the transaxle case.
MB992312
AK802300 AC
>>B<< V RING INSTALLATION
1. Clean the spline with a brush or the like.
AK802292
MB992314
2. Apply the transaxle oil to the V ring guide (special tool:
MB992314). Insert the V ring to V ring guide (special tool:
MB992314), and install the V ring to the transaxle case.
3. Check that the V ring is installed securely.
AK802441AC
TSB Revision
Page 184 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
OIL COOLER
22-183
>>C<< TRANSAXLE CASE OIL SEAL (LH) INSTALLATION
1. Apply the transaxle oil to the oil seal guide (special tool:
MB992311). Insert the oil seal to oil seal guide (special tool:
MB992311).
MB992311
AK802287AC
2. Use special tool oil seal installer (special tool: MB992310) to
install the oil seal to the transaxle case.
MB992310
AK802288AC
OIL COOLER
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1225010400381
CAUTION
Do not refill the fluid when replacing the transaxle assembly and the oil cooler with new ones at the
same time.
NOTE:
! The new transaxle assembly is filled with 7.6 dm3 (8.0 qt) of the fluid (including the oil cooler).
TSB Revision
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
22-184
OIL COOLER
Page 185 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
! The transaxle assembly has a sealed structure, and the fluid does not drain out from parts other than the
oil cooler hose.
Pre-removal and Post-installation Operation
Front bumper and radiator grille assembly removal and
installation.
1
9.5 ± 3.5 N·m
84 ± 31 in-lb
9.5 ± 3.5 N·m
84 ± 31 in-lb
4
2N
6
3
9.5 ± 3.5 N·m
84 ± 31 in-lb
3
9.5 ± 3.5 N·m
84 ± 31 in-lb
2N
5
7N
8
AC705841AJ
>>A<< !
1.
2.
3.
Removal steps
Transmission fluid draining and
refilling (Refer to P.22-171.)
Oil cooler duct
Hose clip
Oil cooler hose assembly
connection
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Removal steps (Continued)
Oil cooler assembly
Hose clamp
Oil cooler bracket
Hose clip
Oil cooler hose assembly
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT
>>A<< TRANSMISSION FLUID REFILLING
CAUTION
Refill 6.1 dm3 (6.4 qt) of the transmission fluid.
NOTE: The fluid capacity of the oil cooler assembly and the oil
cooler hose assembly is 0.6 dm3 (0.6 qt).
CAUTION
! If the oil cooler is repaired, fill new fluid and check the
transmission fluid level. (Refer to P.22-170.)
! When the oil cooler is not repaired, the drained fluid
can be reused if it is between the replacement intervals.
TSB Revision
Page 186 of 199
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TSB−13−22−003
OIL FILTER
22-185
OIL FILTER
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1225028600238
CAUTION
If a fluid leakage is present in the area around the oil filter bracket, clean around the oil filter bracket.
After cleaning, warm up the engine. Only if a fluid leakage is present in the area around the oil filter
bracket again, replace the oil filter bracket assembly.
Pre-removal and Post-installation Operation
Engine Room Side Cover .
10 ± 1.5 N·m
89 ± 8 in-lb
N
4
2
1
N
3
15 ± 2 N·m
11 ±1 ft-lb
AC807228AK
<>
>>B<<
Removal steps
Transmission fluid draining and
refilling (Refer to P.22-171.)
1. Oil cooler hose assembly
connection
!
>>A<<
Removal steps (Continued)
2. Hose clip
3. Oil filter case assembly
4. Oil filter bracket assembly
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
<> TRANSMISSION FLUID DRAINING
Drain the fluid in the transaxle assembly and the oil cooler.
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS
>>A<< OIL FILTER BRACKET ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION
1. Completely degrease the oil filter bracket assembly
installation surface on the transaxle side.
TSB Revision
22-186
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
OIL FILTER
Page 199 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
2. Remove the gasket from the oil filter bracket assembly, and
completely degrease the groove of the oil filter bracket
assembly (gasket installation area) and the gasket. Then,
install the gasket to the groove of the oil filter bracket
assembly.
3. Tighten the screws to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 10 & 1.5 N'm (89 & 8 in-lb)
>>B<< TRANSMISSION FLUID REFILLING
CAUTION
Refill 6.2 dm3 (6.6 qt) of the transmission fluid.
NOTE: The fluid capacity of the oil cooler assembly and the oil
cooler hose is 0.6 dm3 (0.6 qt), and the fluid capacity of the oil
filter case assembly is 0.1 dm3 (0.1 qt).
CAUTION
! If the fluid leakage from the oil filter is repaired, fill new
fluid and check the transmission fluid level. (Refer to
P.22-170.)
! When the oil filter is replaced, the drained fluid can be
reused if it is between the replacement intervals.
TSB Revision
Page 188 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
22-187
TRANSAXLE 
TRANSAXLE 
DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY
M1226001000236
4
10 ± 1.5 N·m
89 ± 8 in-lb
17
20
18
3
19
1
2
7.5 ± 1.0 N·m
66 ± 8 in-lb
15
15 ± 2 N·m
11 ±1 ft-lb
7
6.0 ± 1.0 N·m
53 ± 8 in-lb
6
5
14
10
8 9
10 ± 1.5 N·m
89 ± 8 in-lb
12
13
32 ± 2 N·m
24 ± 1 ft-lb
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
44 ± 8 in-lb
10 ± 1 N·m
89 ± 8 in-lb
16
10 ± 1.5 N·m
89 ± 8 in-lb
11
10 ± 1 N·m
89 ± 8 in-lb
AK900831AC
<>
<>
>>K<<
>>J<<
>>I<<
<>
<>
<>
>>H<<
>>H<<
>>G<<
>>F<<
>>E<<
Disassembly steps
1. V ring
2. Transaxle case oil seal (RH)
3. Transaxle case oil seal (LH)
4. Breather
5. Seal cover bracket
6. Seal cover
7. Clutch assembly
8. Needle roller bearing
9. Seal ring
10. Needle roller bearing
TSB Revision
<>
>>D<<
<>
>>C<<
>>C<<
<>
>>C<<
>>B<<
>>A<<
Disassembly steps
11. Oil pan assembly
12. O-ring
13. Mechatronic assembly
14. Gasket A
15. Gasket B
16. Gasket C
17. Manual control shaft
18. Oil seal
19. Oil filter case assembly
20. Oil filter bracket assembly
22-188
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TRANSAXLE 
Page 189 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
CAUTION
! When installing or removing screws, use
magnetic tools to prevent them from falling
out.
! If debris or parts enter into the transaxle case,
pay attention to the following to replace the
transaxle assembly:
! When the mechatronic assembly is replaced,
reprogram the ECU and carry out the following Teach-In (Refer to P.22-3).
! When the clutch assembly is replaced, the following Teach-In must be carried out (Refer to
P.22-3).
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS
<> TRANSAXLE CASE OIL SEAL (RH) / TRANSAXLE
CASE OIL SEAL (LH) REMOVAL
1. Insert the tapping screw (( 3 mm [0.1 inch].) to one of four
hollows (round shape) on the oil seal by turning it 2 or 3
times.

Oil seal Back side
AK802283AD
AK802289
2. Tap the opposite side of the inserted tapping screw using a
knock pin punch to press in the oil seal approximately 1 mm
(0.04 inch).
AK802290
TSB Revision
Page 190 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TRANSAXLE 
22-189
3. Hold the inserted tapping screw with pliers or similar tools,
and remove the oil seal.
NOTE: If the transaxle case oil seal (RH) is replaced, the V ring
must also be replaced.
AK802291
<> SEAL COVER BRACKET / SEAL COVER REMOVAL
1. Remove the seal cover bracket.
AK802293
3/5 side
CAUTION
Before removing the seal cover, securely remove metal
debris including dusts by air spray.
Before removing the seal cover, use the ladder sheet
and so forth for the supporting point not to damage the
clutching housing.
2. Remove the seal cover from the transaxle, using the tool
such as crowbar.
<> CLUTCH ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
1. Remove the poppet spring assembly 1/R and
poppet spring assembly 3/5.
1/R side
AK900424 AB

2. Using a driver, move the lever to the neutral
position.
NOTE: For checking the neutral position, turn the
clutch assembly spline by hand to check whether
the friction exists or not.
Neutral position
AK900426AB
3. Align the four pins of the special tool, clutch remover &
installer (MB992332), with the four holes of the clutch
assembly to set the special tool, clutch remover & installer
(MB992332), to the clutch assembly.
4. Rotate the clutch assembly in the axial direction to insert the
pins into all four clutch disks in the clutch assembly.
NOTE: When the pins are inserted into all four clutch disks,
the clutch assembly cannot easily be rotated in the axial
direction.
MB992332
AK900459AD
TSB Revision
22-190
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
Page 191 of 199
TRANSAXLE 
TSB-13-22-003
5. Rotate the clutch assembly counterclockwise six to seven
times to loosen the clutch assembly.
MB992332
AK900459AE
CAUTION
When lifting the clutch assembly, the tool must not
hook the clutch disk.
The clutch assembly might possibly have the needle
bearing. Pay attention to it.
Carefully handle the clutch assembly to place it on the
clean place.
6. Lift the clutch assembly in the vertical direction to remove
the clutch assembly from the transaxle assembly.
AK900283AD
<> OIL PAN ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
CAUTION
When removing the oil pan assembly, pay attention to
avoid damage to the connector and the O-ring between the
oil pan assembly and the connector.
<> MECHATRONIC ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
1. Remove the connector carefully.
AK900284
TSB Revision
Page 192 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TRANSAXLE 
22-191
2. Remove the three bolts.
AK900330
3. Pull carefully at the connector to loose by approx. 2 - 3 mm
(0.08 - 0.12 inch).
AK900285
4. Remove the eleven bolts as shown and remove the
mechatronic assembly carefully.
2
7
9
11
4
6
10
8
5
3
1
AK900257AB
<> MANUAL CONTROL SHAFT REMOVAL
1. Move the park manual outer lever from D in clock direction
to the service position as shown.
AK900313AB
TSB Revision
22-192
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TRANSAXLE 
Page 193 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
2. Remove the plug.
AK900310
3. When removing the screw located behind the plug, pay
attention to the screw not to fall in the transaxle case.
4. Remove the manual control shaft carefully.
AK900311
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS
>>A<< OIL FILTER BRACKET ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION
1. Completely degrease the oil filter bracket assembly
installation surface on the transaxle side.
2. Remove the gasket from the oil filter bracket assembly, and
completely degrease the groove of the oil filter bracket
assembly (gasket installation area) and the gasket. Then,
install the gasket to the groove of the oil filter bracket
assembly.
3. Tighten the screws to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 10 & 1.5 N'm (89 & 8 in-lb)
>>B<< MANUAL CONTROL SHAFT INSTALLATION
1. Install the manual control shaft carefully and tighten the
screw to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 10 & 1.5 N'm (89 & 8 in-lb)
AK900311
TSB Revision
Page 194 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TRANSAXLE 
22-193
2. Tighten the plug to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 32 & 2 N'm (24 & 1 ft-lb)
AK900310
>>C<< GASKET A / GASKET C / MECHATRONIC
ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION
1. As shown in the illustration, fix the gasket to the transaxle
case by pushing the gasket at the area to which the gasket
dowel pin is inserted.
AK900286
AK900287
10
5
3
1
2. Install the mechatronic assembly carefully and tighten the
mechatronic assembly mounting bolts to the specified
torque in the order of number shown in the figure.
Tightening torque: 5.0 & 1.0 N'm (44 & 8 in-lb)
8
6
3. Tighten again the mechatronic assembly mounting bolts to
the specified torque in the order of number shown in the
figure.
Tightening torque: 10 & 1.5 N'm (89 & 8 in-lb)
2
4
7
9
11
AK900257AC
TSB Revision
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
22-194
TRANSAXLE 
Page 195 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
4. Tighten the bolts to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 6.0 & 1.0 N'm (53 & 8 in-lb)
AK900330
>>D<< OIL PAN ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION
1. Completely degrease the oil pan assembly installation
surface on the transaxle side.
2. Remove the gasket from the oil pan assembly, and
completely degrease the groove of the oil pan assembly
(gasket installation area) and the gasket. Then, install the
gasket to the groove of the oil pan assembly.
CAUTION
When installing the oil pan assembly, pay attention to
avoid damage to the connector and the O-ring installed to
the connector.
3. Tighten the screws to the specified torque in the order
shown in the figure.
Tightening torque: 10 & 1 N'm (89 & 8 in-lb)
6
3
11
9
4
8
5
10
1
7
2
AC807528AC
>>E<< NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING INSTALLATION
1. Insert the needle roller bearing and ensure that the lock is
closed completely.
AK900349
TSB Revision
Page 196 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TRANSAXLE 
22-195
>>F<< SEAL RING INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Do not expand the seal ring more than necessary.
1. Insert the seal ring.
2. Ensure that the lock is closed completely and it is seated flat
into its position.
AK900348
>>G<< CLUTCH ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Pay attention to the clutch assembly not to touch the seal
ring and needle bearing.
1. Put down the clutch assembly in the vertical direction to
carefully install it.
AK900283AE
2. Align the four pins of the special tool, clutch remover &
installer (MB992332), with the four holes of the clutch
assembly to set the special tool, clutch remover & installer
(MB992332), to the clutch assembly.
3. Rotate the clutch assembly in the axial direction to insert the
pins into all four clutch disks in the clutch assembly.
MB992332
AK900459AD
4. Rotate the clutch assembly clockwise to install it.
Tighten it to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 7.5 & 1.0 N'm (66 & 8 in-lb)
AK900460
TSB Revision
22-196
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TRANSAXLE 
Page 197 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
>>H<< SEAL COVER BRACKET / SEAL COVER
INSTALLATION
1. Install the seal cover to the following special tool.
! Seal cover guide A (MB992324)
! Seal cover guide B (MB992325)
MB992324
MB992325
AK802294AD
2. Remove the special tool, Seal Cover Guide A (MB992324),
from Seal Cover Guide B (MB992325).
MB992325
AK802295AD
MB992325
3. Install the seal cover to the transaxle. Remove the special
tool, Seal Cover Guide B (MB992325).
AK802296 AD
4. Use special tool Seal cover installer (MB992323) to install
the seal cover to the transaxle.
MB992323
AK802297AD
TSB Revision
Page 198 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TRANSAXLE 
22-197
5. Install the seal cover bracket.
Confirm that it is not shaky.
6. Tighten the seal cover bracket mounting bolt to the specified
torque.
Tightening torque: 10 & 1 N'm (89 & 8 in-lb)
AK802298
>>I<< TRANSAXLE CASE OIL SEAL (LH) INSTALLATION
1. Apply the transaxle oil to the special tool oil seal guide
(MB992311).
Insert the special tool oil seal guide (MB992311).
NOTE: Do not use special tool oil seal guide (MB992311)
without first removing the snap ring from the output shaft.
MB992311
AK802287AD
2. Use special tool oil seal installer (MB992310) to install the oil
seal to the transaxle.
MB992310
AK802288AD
MB992313
>>J<< TRANSAXLE CASE OIL SEAL (RH) INSTALLATION
1. Apply the transaxle oil to the special tool oil seal guide
(MB992313).
Insert the oil seal to the special tool oil seal guide
(MB992313).
AK802299AD
TSB Revision
22-198
TWIN CLUTCH-SPORTRONIC SHIFT TRANSMISSION (TC-SST)
TRANSAXLE 
Page 199 of 199
TSB−13−22−003
2. Use special tool oil seal installer (MB992312) to install the oil
seal to the transaxle.
MB992312
AK802300 AD
>>K<< V RING INSTALLATION
1. Clean the spline with a brush or the like.
AK802292
MB992314
2. Apply the transaxle oil to the special tool V ring guide
(MB992314).
Insert the V ring to the special tool V ring guide (MB992314).
3. Check that the V ring is installed securely.
AK802441AD
TSB Revision